VOL. XXXV. No. 1. JANUARY, 1021 /^ i •-■>'•» i\ #.,.«. * ^\^h. .^:v/;; \ \ Ml n « ^ ^ ^'a ^^ ' ^ ' ' ' will \\\ ISSUED JUNE 8th, 1921 Entered at Gardemale Post Office as second class metier. THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALISTS' CLUB President: R. M. Anderson 1st Vice President: G. A. Millar 2nd Vice President: Hoyes Lloyd Treasurer: Secretary: C. B. Hutchings Clyde L. Patch (Entomological Branch (Geological Survey) Dept. Agriculture.) Additional Members of Council: W. T. Macoun; Miss M. E. Cowan; C. M. Sternberg; H. I. Smith; F. W. Waugh; P. A. Taverner; E. Sapir; E. M. Kindle; W. J. Wintemberg; R. E. Delury; Arthur Gibson; Norman Criddle THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST Editor: D. Jenness Victoria Memorial Museum, Ottawa Associate Editors: E. Sapir - - - Anthropology A. G. Huntsman - Marine Biology M. O. Malte - - - Botany P. A. Taverner - - Ornithology F. R. Latchford - - Conchology E. M. Kindle - - Palaeontology M. Y. Williams - - Geology R. M. Anderson - - Zoology Arthur Gibson Entomology CONTENTS. Faunal Notes from the Atlantic Biological Station (1920). By A. Willey and A. G. Huntsman ^ The Liard River Flood of July, 1919. By E. J. Whittaker 7 Vancouver Natural History Society— Naturalists Study Alpine Flora 9 Bird Notes by the way in the Maritime Provinces. By Hoyes Lloyd 11 Prosecutions, Migratory Birds Convention Act and North West Game Act 13 Brief Report of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club for the year 1920 ......... . 15 Notes and Observations: Mr. Arthur Gibson — an Appreciation. W. T. M 16 The Spruce Drummer. J. L. DeVany 16 Some Observations on Blanding's Turtle. L. L. Snyder 17 Hornby's Petrel. P. A. Taverner • • • • • 18 Notes on the behaviour of the Chipmunk— No. 2. A. Brooker Klugh . . 18 Archaeological Evidence concerning the presence of the Gray Fox in Ontario. W. J. Wintemberg 1^ 20 Editorial Note THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST, lately The Ottawa Natura- list established thirty-two years ago, "to publish the results of original research or investigation in all departments of natural history," is issued monthly, excepting for the months of June, July and August. Papers, notes and photographs should be addressed to the Editor. Manu- script should be typewritten. ^ j • , ^ Subscriptions cover the current year, except those taken out during last quarter when they will be applied on the following year, the remaining numbers of current year being sent free. Payments should be made to the Treasurer, Mr. C. B. Hutchings, Entomological Branch, Dept. of Agricultme, Ottawa. Price of this volume $1.50; single copies 20c each. THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST VOL. XXXV. OTTAWA, ONT., JANUARY, 1921 No. 1. FAUNAL NOTES FROM THE ATLANTIC BIOLOGICAL STATION (1920.) By A. WiLLEV and A. G. Huntsman. Owing to its geographical situation, Pas- samaqiioddy bay occupies a critical posi- tion between the Gulf of Maine and the Bay of Fundy ; its herring and pollock fisheries give it a definite standing as a fishing ground ; and the Biological Station makes it a centre of research. In view of these circumstances and for other reasons which could be but need not be mentioned here, we thought it desirable to put on record some of the more salient of tlie oc- casional observations, having no relation to the main business of the station, which came to our notice during the summer of 1920. We found for example indications that when a group of animals has been treated monographically, members of that group that have not been mentioned in tlie monographs will nevertheless make tiieir appearance in the bay. And their presence in the bay is at least as interesting as is their mention in a monograph. Not all the records which follow are those of fugitive species, but great im- portance should be assigned to the latter because of their relation to the prevailing currents. . It is sometimes assumed that permanent residents are more valuable than transitory vagrants. This is true for commercial exploitation but not for scien- tific interpretation. And the Biological Station may be said to exist for the pur- pose of effecting the reconciliation between science and commerce in fishery matters. In such a sense we believe that these notes are worth the trouble that has been in- volved in making the identifications. - Every bay has something out of the ordinary to offer every year, but it is rarely that the opportunity arises for the exceptional events to be authenticated. Gellius arcofenis Vosmaer (Figure 1). An example of this siliceous sponge, two feet in diameter, was obtained in the shrimp trawl on June 23rd, 1920, at. ' ' Prince ' ' station No. 4, in Passamaquoddy l)ay, at a depth of 25 metres on a muddy bottom. From the standpoint of system- atic zoology it was the most notable trophy of the season. It is a circular mat-like sponge and it is proposed to call it the ' ' mat-sponge ' ' ; only about half of the circle was secured. It is one of Vosmaer 's Arctic sponges, named by him in 1885 from material obtained by the AVillem Barents Expedition (1880-1881) in the Barents Sea between 72° and 77° north latitude and between 24° and 50° east longitude, from depths of 140 to 170 fathoms. All the specimens at his dis- posal were fragments, flat pieces indicat- ing, as he thought, tliat the original shape was probably that of a fan. Two exam- ples of the same species were dredged up by the Swedish (Vega) Arctic expedi- tions, one of Avhich was cake-like and cir- cular, 90 mm. in diameter. These were described bv Fristedt in 1887 ; one from Lat. 76° 52 ''n.. Long. 116° E., 36 fathoms; the other from Lat. 59° 33' N., Long. 43° 28' W., south of Greenland, 120 fathoms. Lastly a few examples, dredged by Mr. J. F. Whiteaves in 1872 in the Gulf of St. Lawrence off Cape Gaspe and Cap des Rosiers, 75 to 80 fathoms, were described by Lawrence M. Lambe in 1896 in the Transactions of the Royal Society of C*an- ada for that year. These were all flat, about 18 mm. thick, and as much as 120 mm. across. Thus the sponge obtained last year at the Biological Station was much larger than any previously recorded in that species, and illustrates very well the pronounced Arctic element in the fauna of Passamaquoddy bay. Such an expanse of canal-system as this species presents must exert a profound influence upon the circulating pabulum of its en- vironment and so play an economic role not less important because unperceived. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. Staurophora mertensii Brandt. This is the only large Hydroniedusan of the bay. It attains a diameter of as miu-h as 20 centimetres, and is a eonspieuoiis object with a very distinct cross, formed by the extension of the lobes of the mouth from the centre of the animal along the four radial canals well toward the margin. In the summer of 1910 it was observed commonly in the channels leading into the bay as well as elsewhere in the vicinity. In 1912 it was observed floating in the bay and stranded on the sliore at 8t. Andrews. bay, appearing regularly every spring and being so abundant during the summer as to clog the planktcm nets. Cijanea, on the other hand, is rare and comes into the bay only periodically. For several years it has been very rare or absent altogether, but during this past summer (1920) it has been fairly common. It did not make its appearance, however, before July, and it had quite evidently been brought in by currents from its home in outer waters. The sea anemone, Pcachia porasifica \'err., that lives fastened to it. was found this Fig. 1. — G^ellius arcoferus, the mat-sponge, from a photograph (A.G.H.). Since then it has not been seen until July and August of this year (1920), when it was found very generally in the passages leading to the bay, in the bay itself, and also in the tributary Avaters of the Maga- guadavic and St. Croix rivers and St. Andrews harbour. Cyanea capillata, var. arctica Per. et Les. This arctic form is the large red jelly- fish that occurs commonly in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Aurelia flavidnla Per. et Les., our other Scyphozoan medusa, is a constant inhabitant of Passamaquoddy year attached to large specimens just as w^hen Cjanea was abundant a number of years ago. In that year (1913) young haddock {Melanogrammns) about 5 cm. long were found living commensally with the Cyanea, one or two of the fishes being taken from each large jellyfish. Polydora ciliata (Johnston 1838). This tubiculous annelid worm is no rarity, but its zoogeographical value is great, being almost cosmopolitan in dis- tribution. It occurs all round the British islands ; Spitsbergen ; Scandinavia ; coast Januaiy, 1921] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. of France; Mediterranean and Black Sea; Atlantic coast of the United States, in- eluding the Woods Hole region; Australia and the Philijopine islands. Its important synonyms are P. agassizii Claparede 1868, and P. Uttorea Verrill 1873. On the sliore between the Biological Sta- tion and Joe's point at low tide it is very abundant on the shells of the living whelk, Buccinum undatum. The free-swimming larvae are quite common in the bay, thus swelling the nutritive value of the plank- toiL Tlie mud-tubes of the worms project from openings in the surface of the shell and when they are cleaned away the latter is found to be eroded with vermiform grooves. Often the worms are not buried in the shell but lie in its furrows, and they occur also elsewliere in tlie mudd}^ crevi- ces of rocks. Tliey are not found at or near the mouth of the shell. The same spe- cies causes the so-called "worm-disease of oysters" in New South Wales (White- legge) and in the Mediterranean (Carraz- zi), but when it infests oyster beds it at- taches itself at the margin of the valves where it causes eventually a fatal accu- mulation of mud. Another species has l)een found in company with P. ciliata, namely, P. hoplura, which actually excava- tes galleries in the shell of oysters, but it is not certain whether this is effected by mechanical or chemical means. It is pos- sible that P. hoplura may also occur at St. Andrews but it has not been recorded yet. In frequenting the shell of such an act- tive gastropod as the whelk, the Pohjdora derives advantage from its mobility, like Hydractinia which commonly selects sliells occupied by Hermit Crabs but has been found upon the shell of a living Buccinum nndatvm at Woods Hole, as well as upon rocks and piles. Tlie frequency of the oc- currence of Pohjdora upon Buccinum at St. Andrews entitles it to the local appella- tion of " whelk- worm. " Lepas hillii Leach. No Lepadidae are native to the bay, such as do occur being found only on drifting wood that has l)een brought in more or less casually from the warm waters of the Gulf Stream, where the genus Lepas occurs com- monly in several species. There is no re- gularity in their entrance into tlie bav. In 1912 a block of Avcod with a large number of Lepas hillii attached and well perforat- ed by the shipworm, Teredo,^ which is also an alien here, was brought to the Station by fishermen, who had found it floating beside a weir near St. Andrews. On August 17th of tlie present year there were sent to the Station specimens of the same species that had been taken by a fisher- man from a floating lobster pot near the mouth of Kitty Cove. In both cases the fishermen considered these animals as something quite new and unheard of, which indicates their great rarity here. Idothea metallica Bosc. When the late Mr. N. A. Wallace was making his study of the Isopods of the Bay of Fundy (recently published) in the years 1912 and 1913, he did not find this species. Last summer (1919) during the investi- gation of St. Mary bay on the coast of Nova Scotia by the Biological Vessel "Prince'', Dr. Philip Cox found a single specimen of this form in the bay. Subsequently we ob- tained a number of individuals from float- ing seaweed on our way across the Bay of Fundy. A large individual was taken in the St. Croix river from the wharf of the Biological Station by Dr. F. S. Jackson in July of the present year. This species is an inhabitant of the Gulf Stream, where it occurs on floating Sargasso weed. It does not properly belong to our coast, its presence indicating some drift in to the coast from the waters of the Gulf Stream. Cancer horecdis Stimpson. The common crab of the bay is Cancer irrorafus Hay, the rock crab, which is to be found nearly everywhere on sandy and gravelly or stony bottoms from low-water mark out into deep Avater. At the mouth of the bay on rocky shores exposed to the waves of the Bay of Fundy the Jonah crab. Cancer horealis, is to be found quite reg- ularly in small rock pools and in crevices. This latter species is about the same size as the rock crab (up to 12 or 13 cm.) but is rougher and more strongly built. In the St. Croix river in the vicinity of the Sta- tion dead individuals have been found on two occasions, namely in 1913 and again during the present summer. It was a matter, therefore, of considerable interest The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. to find among the crabs brought in during August from the h)bster traps that were being fished in about five fathoms of water near the Station, two fine living spe- cimens of the Jonah crab. These were easily kept for some time in an aquarium in the laboratory. Both were abnormal in having dark markings on the carapace, the black colour being like that of a metal- lic sulphide. The mud of the beach exhi- bits this colour where decomposition of much organic matters is going on. When one of the crabs was opened part of the digestive gland on the right side W'as found to be much altered, some of the tub- more appropriate one, as it describes the unusual shape of the jaws that makes the mouth open dorsally. In 1910 when col- lecting at low tide on certain muddy flats near the mouth of the Magagaadavic river on the east side of the bay, holes an incli or more in diameter were noticed in the mud. Digging yielded no quarr\' from these retreats, but while we were tramping about in the mud a wrymouth suddenly ap- peared. Similar action at another set of holes yielded the same result. On June 21, 1920,. while at the IMagaguadavic river to study the success of the smelt spawning, the flats were visited at low tide, and four <^' .W I '. J' ■ ;-\# •■■•■•'••:••• ^ ^./' -J . .■■// ' ■ .' • ' , , ' " . .. , U- ■ • .'. ^ -. ■ ■ • ' -J ■ .:.-.-.••■.••• -.AW..: •■■). • . .. • ..;■:;-*>:•'. , /{ -n • • '■• M ^ Fig. 2. — The system of burrows of a wrymouth. From a sketch (A.G.H.). ules being black and hardened, and of a horny consistenc3^ It would seem that such individuals of the Jonah crab as come so far into the estuary as the St. Croix river are affected unfavorably, become diseased and die; also that they keep to deep water rather than entering the inter- tidal zone. Cryptacamthodes maculatus, Storer. Advantage was taken of an opportunity for making observations on this curious and little known fish, that has been given in English the names of Wrymouth and Ghostfish. The former name seems the wrymouth secured, all more than 40 cm. long, that is, nearly full grown. The burrows in which tlie fishes were living Avere found in very soft mud from the lower part of the Fucus zone down- ward, that is as far up as four feet above low water mark. Those at the highest level were in shallow tide-pools and the others in such flat situations as prevented them from ever being drained of water. Each system of burrows, inhabited by only one fish, consisted of branching tunnels about 5 cm. in diameter, and from 3 to 8 cm. below the surface. These tunnels to a cer- tain extent radiated from a somewhat cen- January, 1921] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 5 trally placed low mound about 60 cm. in diameter and 5 cm. high. In the centre of this mound was a broad funnel-shaped de- pression leading into the main entrance of the system of burrows. Scattered for some distance around the mound, within a circle with a radius of from three to five feet or even more, and opening from the burrows, were a number of holes of the same dia- meter, their margins being flush witli the surface of the mud. One system was traced out by opening up all the burrows. It is represented in figure 2. It will be seen that this system is not very regular, and shows a development of the burrows almost wholly on one side of the mound. Most of the branches open to the surface, but some end blindly. The openings are to be found not onlv at the ends of the the laboratory, in a flat, Shallow tank pro- vided with running salt water. They were heard making a very considerable com- motion in the late afternoon and evening, and on the next morning one was found dead on the floor. On the following morn- ing another was found dead. Boards were then fastened around the edge of the tank, and the remaining fish was kept without difficulty through the season. This individual, which was about 45 cm. in length, was a male, judging from the examination made of the others. On June 24th, a piece of black, hard rubber pipe, 17s inches outside diameter, 1% inches inside diameter, and 8 inches long, was placed in the tank. After a time the fish entered the pipe and took up a rest- ing position with botli- ends protruding, Fig. 3. — Wrymouth reclining in a tube in the aquarium. photograpia (A.G.H.). Sketched from a branches, but also at the junctions and along the course of the branches. The fish were found to emerge, not from the main opening in tlie mound, but from one of the other openings, which sliows that they were pointing aAvay from the mound. We suppose that the mound opening is the point from which the Ijurrows were form- ed, that the mode of formation was the thrusting of the animal "s head through the soft mud, and that the other openings are necessary for the indraught of fresh water in breathing. Its method of bringing fresh water into its burrow, to be des- cribed later, is such as to cause a current to flow from the peripheral openings to- ward the centrally placed entrance, and from this current is doubtless deposited the material that forms the mound. Three of the wrymouths were placed in but with more of the head than of the tail exposed (Figure 3). Later the head was drawn back until just concealed. The pipe rolled somewhat when the fish moved, and finally the fish left the pipe. The latter Avas then steadied with stones, and, when the fish again entered, it Avas not readily abandoned. Locomotion. — Forward movements were accomplished by means of undulator}- lat- eral motions of the tail and posterior part of the trunk well forward to the head, the dorsal fin of that part being kept erect. Backward movements were accomplished by pressing the tail or part of the trunk forward against objects, and by placing; the pectoral fins on the bottom and turn- ing them forwards. In forward and back- ward movements the median (dorsal and anal) fins were kept flexed except as men- The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. tioiied above. A stimulation of the skin of tlie side by touch caused the animal to move forward when applied near the tail, and to move backward when applied farther forward. Respirat ion. —OccaaionaXly the fish re- treated to a position with about one quar- ter of the anterior end protruding', and Avith the ventral parts of the pectoral fins bent back and applied to the bottom. The liead and pectoral fins remained stationary, and tlie remainder of the body performed nndulatory motions, two complete waves bein^' observed on the fish at any one mo- ment. The dorsal fin preceded the body sli«j:litly in the lateral movement. That a current was made to flow tlirouf^'h the pipe was demonstrated b^^ dropping some car- mine, suspended in water, near the head of the fish. The carmine particles were drawn into the pipe. Other i)articles were carried alongside the pipe and past the other end. No carmine particles were ob- served to issue from that end, probably because of dispersion of the particles into a larger volume of water, and because the movement soon ceased. The fish seemed to be irritated to some extent by the part- icles. The movement lasted for from one to two minutes. On one occasion the move- ment was observed being carried out by the fisli wlien it was not in the tube, but in a corner of the tank with its head against the end wall. The respii-ations luimbered from 12 to 20 per minute. When the animal was ap- proached it ceased breathing for from one to two minutes. At the conclusion of this period of rest, it would either give two or three deep inspiratory gasps, opening its mouth widely, or would merely resume breathing at a somewhat more rapid rate than usual. Occasionally on resumption of breathing the lateral undulatory move- ments would be commenced, the anterior part of the body remaining stationary. There can be little doubt that these move- ments are initiated by dyspnoeic condi- tions, and that they are for the purpose of renewing the water in the burrows in which the fish lives. Feeding.— The stomachs of specimens that were opened shortly after being caught contained beach fleas, or s.-uds, (Gammariis locusfa), sand shrimp, {f ajo septemspinosus) , and fragments of flounder, (Pseudopleurovectes america- vus). The specimen kept in the tank took food freely. It usually left its tube in the late afternoon, and could be heard at dusk thrashing around in the water. Scuds placed in the tank disappeai-ed, as did also hermit crabs {Pagurus acadianus). It also took, when offered, small herring or sardines, limpets, periwinkles, whelks, clams, and mussels. These it would take from the hand, even reaching out of the water to seize them, and approaching from a distance of as much as a foot. Sight seem- ed to be as important as smell in determin- ing its feeding, as it Avould show excitement by moving its tail and lifting its head, and finally move forward and snap with its jaws when the finger was held just above the surface of the water in front of it. Not only was the food seized, but also there was a strong indraught of water into the mouth that carried the food along. When the feeding was done at the surface of the water, air also Avas drawn in, producing the sound so characteristic of the last stages in pumping the bilge water out of a boat, when the water is mixed with air. The dorsal position of the mouth is favour- able to the taking of food from above, which is perhaps the normal method with this fish. At times, however, it was seen to turn on its side in order to seize food lying on the bottom of the tank. Food taken into the mouth was either rejected or swalloAved by a series of vigorous perist- altic movements of the mouth and throat. To swallow a very large piece might re- quire considerable time, and might even result in the fish coming out of its tube for more freedom, and turning all the way over once or twice in its swallowing efforts. Zoarces anguillaris (Peck). A muttonfish 45 cm. in length was kept in one of the flat tanks of the laboratorv during the latter half of the sea.son and proved to be quite hardy. It fed regularly on the fish and shell-fish given it, ap- proaching from a distance of more than a foot to take food from the hand. The enormous thick liixs were used more than the teeth for taking hold of the morsels and a strong inspiration of water carried the food in. Swallowing did not immed- iately follow the taking of food, but was January, 1921] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. preceded hy a rather prolonged series of masticatory movements involving both mouth and" tliroat, and in which the head was nodded vigorously by movements in the vertical plane, the downward ones being the more vigorous. The enormous pectoral fins were used in slow backward and fcrward locomotion, each fin being kept in a vertical position and slightly folded with the convex side in the direction of movement. At rest each fin is held out from the body almost in the lioi'izontal plane and against the bottom, with the dorsal i)art posteriorly placed and somewhat raised. Rapid swim- ming is accomplished by undulatory move- ments of the posterior part of the trunk and tail; the pectoral fins being extended to the fullest extent and held horizontally with the dorsal edge in front, while the dorsal and anal fins are kept close to the body, at least anteriorly. Touching the side of the trunk or tail resulted in the erection of the dorsal fhi. After repeated stimulation the response became rather local, extending both for- ward and backAvard from tlie level of the point touched, but chiefly backward. At the same time the fin was bent toward the side stimulated. THE LlARl) RIVER FLOOD OF .U'LY 191!). By E. J. Whittaker. In a recent issue of the (i(o — a cfl n CO B K to c c .,-* ^^ r- X a 0.' o ° 0-1 ." 0. 5 W U2 C' Ho fc r 1 1 4 6 $500.00 2 2 85.00 8 S 125.00 6 6 285.00 1 2 3 75.00 - 3 3 110.00 1 1 10.00 2(3 .29 $1,190.00 January, 1921] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 15 BRIEF REPORT OF THE OTTAWA FIELD-NATURALLSTS' CLUB FOR THE YEAR 1920. During the 42nd year of its existence the Ottawa Field-Naturalists Liub act- ivities, which include lectures, lield ex- cursions and the i)ul)lication ot tue Lan- adian Field-Naturalist, have been direct- ed toward the popularizing' and diftiis.ny of knowledge of tlie natural sciences. The club membership now numbers ap- proximately 600. A list of thirty-six lectures to be given by club members was sent to local socie- ties, clubs, churches and schools from wuicli they might select and request desirable talks, and as a result over 60 lectures en the following subjects were delivered : A iSurvey of a Prehistoric Indian Village, The Iroquois Indian, Folk Balladry of Quebec, Ranch Life, Bird Sanctuaries, A Trip Through tlie Peace and Mackenzie Rivei- Region, The Birds oi Bonaventure Island, Birds of Eastern Canada, Bird Protection in Canada, Winter Birds and Mammals, The Migratory Birds' Conven- tion Act, The Copper Eskimo, The Indians of Canada, Instances of the Influences of Physical Environment on the Indians. Am- phibians and Reptiles, Canadian Birds, How and Where We get Dinosaurs, Can- ada's Natural Resources, Some Phases of Life and Scientific Work in tlie Canadian Arctic, Meteorites, Nautral History of Lac Seul. The feature lecture of the year was delivered by Dr. Otto Klotz, Dominion Astronomer, at tiie Peoples" Forum under the auspices of the Ottawa Field-Natura- lists" Club. Five field excursions were held as fol- lows : — May 1, Geology, Rockcliffe Park ; May 15, General Natural History, Catfish Bay ; May 29, Botany and Ornithology, Fairy Lake; June 12, Entomology, Ayl- mer; June 26, Horticulture, Central Ex- perimental Farm. Scientific men attend the excursions to direct interest and answer questions. The Canadian Field-Naturalist, the of- ficial organ of the club, is now being used as a medium of publication by five affiliat- ed societies as shown on the back cover. The officers and committees for the year 1921 are as follows: President, R. M. Anderson; Vic«-Presi- dents, Hoyes Lloyd, G. A. Millar; Secret- ary, Clyde L. Patch; Treasurer, C. B. Hut- chings; Editor, D. Jenness; Past-Presi- dent, M. Y. Williams. Additional members of Council : W. T. Macoun, Miss M. E. Cowan, P. A. Taver- ner, H. I. Smith, C. M. Sternberg, E. Sa- pir, E. M. Kindle, F. AV. AVaugh, W. J. Wintemberg, R. E. Delury, Arthur Gib- son, Norman Criddle. Standing Committees of Conncil. Publications: Hoyes Lloyd, W. T. Ma- coun. Harlan I. Smith. Exeursi(ms : F. AV. AA^augh, C. M. Stern- berg, G. A. Alillar, Aliss M. E. Cowan, C. L. Patch, C. B. Hutchings, AV. T. Macoun, H. Lloyd. Lectures : Harlan I. Smith, P. A. Taver- ner, AV. T. Alacoun, G. A. Millar. Trust Funds: AV. T. Macoun. Auditors: J. Ballantyne, E. C. AVight. Leaders at Excursions. Archaeology — Harlan I. Smith, F. W. AVaugh, AV. J. AVintemberg, C. M. Bar- beau, Dr. E. Sapir. Botany— G. A. Millar, W. T. Macoun, Mrs. A. F. Brown, Dr. M. O. Malte, E. C. AVight, Aliss M. E. Cowan. Entomology — C. B. Hutchings, Arthuf Gibson, J. M. Swaine, F. AA^ L. Sladen. Geology— Dr. E. M. Kindle, Dr. M. Y. AVilliams, H. McGillivrav, E. Poitevin, Dr. M. E. AVilson. Ornitliology— P. A. Taverner, C. L. Patch, Dr. M. Y. AVilliams, A. G. Kingston, Hoyes Lloyd, R. E. Delury. Zoolog}' — Dr. R. M. Anderson, A. Hal- kett, C. L. Patch, E. A. LeSueur, C. H. Young, C. E. Johnson, E. J. AVhittaker. Photography— AV. S. Hutton. 16 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Mr. Arthur Gibson — An Appreciation. With the last number of the Canadian Field-Naturalist, Mr. Arthur Gibson, ^vho has been the editor since 1910, ceased to fill that position, his increasing official duties ha\ing made it necessary for him to send in his resignation. Seldom has an editor of a periodical which depends for its success on voluntary contributions, and has but slender means of support, served so long and faithfully and satisfactorily as has Mr. Gibson. His work must surely have been a labour of- love or he could not have continued to edit the Naturalist for all these years. Only those in close touch with the work of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club and its organ know the tact and skill necessary to obtain matter for the Naturalist, and the popularity of Mr. Gibson among the con- tributors and tlie members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club is a sufficient tribute to the manner in which he conduct- ed the editorial work. Mr. Gibson by his many i)ersonal contributions also showed himself to be deeply interested in the suc- cess of the Naturalist, as often in a per- iodical of this kind the extra matter which the editor contributes from his own pen assures the publication of a satisfactory number. Beginning with Volume XXXII, the Ottawa Naturalist, which had been pub- lished since 1887, was issued in the larger and more attractive form in which it ap- pears to-day and the title changed to the Canadian Field-Natu: alist to give it a wider field. This larger edition meant an increase in the editor's work, which Mr. Gibson cheerfully assumed. We feel that all members of the Ottawa Field Naturalists' Club and subscribers to the Canadian Field-Natwalist must deeply regret the resignation of Mr. Gibson as editor, but at the same time appreciate his many years of unselfish devotion, and, in releasing him from his duties as editor, wish him much success as Dominion Ento- mologist.—AV. T. M. The Spruce Drummer. — In spite of the fact that the Canada Grouse, or Spruce Partridge, has for many years enjoyed continuous protection, its numbers appear to be slowly diminishing. In view of the cliaracteristic stupidity of the species, this is not surprising. It is now seldom found except in the m(n-e remote woods and swamps. Here on a fine morning or even- ing in the autumn the moose hunter listen- ing for antlered game may often be dis- tracted by repeated flutterings as if a large flock of birds were feeding in some nearby grove. If he takes the trouble to investigate he is proba1)ly' sui-prised to find that all the fuss is made by one bird, a spruce drummer (Spruce Partridge) who i is ardently engaged in his exercise, or pas- time, cf drumming. He no doubt goes through this performance for the same reasons that tlie cock crows, or the cock robin sings. It is an assurance to his mate and a challenge to his rivals. The methods of this performance, however, seem further to ju.stif}- the namo of "fool hen" by which his species is sometimes known. His favorite location at such a time is between two trees standing apart some twenty or thirty feet, and with their lower branches large and horizontal. Perched on one of these branches he pit- ches downward, pausing midway to beat and flutter his wings, and ascends to a branch of the opposite tree. After a sliort interval this manoeuvre is repeated and so continued by the hour, swinging back and fortli from tree to tree, the time between each swing being as exact as if measured by a watch. If such an ideal situation is not at hand the fact does not prevent the ''foci lien" from giving vent to his ex- uberance. Selecting a small open space among the bushes, he takes liis stand in the centre and like a jack in the box pops up a few feet in the air and giving his triumphant flutter drops again to earth. This method lacks the grace of the former, and when thus engaged the bird seems to justly merit the title of "Fool Hen". The sound produced by the drunnning of the Canada Grouse can in no-wise compare with that of the ruffed grouse; it has neither the roll nor the volume. It is in fact little more than a flutter, such as might be made by birds forcing their way tiirough thick branches after buds or ber- ries. I^nlike the Ruffed Grouse, however. January, 1921 J The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 17 he seems to have no very strong objec- tions to an audience. Tiie performance of the birch drummer (Ruffed Grouse), can only be witnessed by the exercise of stealth and caution, Our little Spruce Partridge on the other hand will peer and look at the intruder and then, as if sud- denly remembering, go through his evolu- tions with a gusto that excites our startled amusement. Though the drumming of the grouse is peculiar to the male its practice is not confined to the nesting season alone, but may be heard in any month of the vear and occasionallv at anv liour of the day or night. J. L. DEVANY. Some Observations on Blanding's Turtle. — During the summer of 1920 I spent several weeks at Point Pelee, Ont- ario, with a collecting party from the Royal Ontario Museum of Zoology. The first Blanding's Turtle (Emys Blandin- gii) was taken on June loth, and from then until I left — July 23rd — it was much in evidence. The Point, having but a sliglit elevation above Lake Erie, per- mits many temporary rain pools apart from tlie main marsh, and it was in these pools, and along the sandN- east beach, that most of the turtles were seen. At this season their terrestrial wanderings may mean a search for suitable sites to deposit their eggs, although it is known that this species is not strictly aquatic. However, I believe the majority of those seen on land were females — at least, those collected show this to be true. At 6.80 p.m. on the 22nd of June I found two turtles preparing to deposit their eggs. Being determined to watch the process in spite of an empty stomach, and the hour for the attack of Point Pelee 's mosquitoes drawing near, I kept one spe- cimen under observation until excavation was fairly under wa^'. Then, crawling within ten feet of the turtle, I watched the i)rocedure without its showing any signs of fear. Bracing itself up with its front feet, it dug with the hind feet, slowly carrying the sand to the surface on the upturned sole. In digging, the hind feet M^ere always used alternately, the sand being placed first to the right and then to the left of the hole. While using one hind foot in scooping from the bottom, the other was rested against the side of the hole, helping the turtle to raise itself in order to lift the sand to tlie surface. After the hole was two or tliree inches deep, the turtle settled back so that the edge of the carapace rested on the rim of the hole. In tliis position, and by ex- tending the hind legs, quite a deptli was attained. After three quarters of an hour this operation was completed. My pre- sence, however, may have retarded the work. I estimated the hole to be seven inches deep with a surface opening of three and one-half to four inches in diameter. This broadened out below the surface, making a flask-shaped chamber about seven inches in diameter. After one egg had been dropped, I returned to camp. Later, I returned with another member of the party and found the location. There was not the slightest sign of de})ression or mound, and upon digging for tlie eggs we found the sand well packed. The eleven eggs were transferred to a box of sand in camp, where they were left :;. 24 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. grown ripe individuals collected by A. G. Huntsman near Toronto, Ontario, in June 1908, probably represent their last ap- pearance in the summer. Young ones (3- 10 mm.) were collected on April 10, 1920, near Toronto, Ontario; they therefore probably hatch earlier near Toronto than at Ottawa. Near Ottawa I have not ob- served them later than the month of May, and in all cases they Avere found only in temporary pools or canals caused by snow melting and the overflow of the Ottawa, Gatineau or Rideau Rivers in the spring. As to their occurrence in the United States I refer the reader to Packard's and Ver- rill's articles about them; it is sufficient here to state, that while certain species occur only in the winter and early spring, others are present both in the spring and in the fall, but not in the summer; while again others {Artemia) are found when the water is very warm. According to my own field observations during a period of three years along the arctic coast of north-western America I may safely state that there is only one "brood" (generation) per year in the arc- tic; the same is probably true of the sub- arctic zone of this continent; while in southern Canada and the United States two or more broods (generations) per year may occur; though the long time during which the ponds are dried up during the summer here probably restricts the num- ber of generations considerably. Apart from the enemies in (insects, fishes) and outside (birds) the water a great number of fairy-shrimps (and Notos- traca as well) are killed off prematurely in the summer or autumn by the drying up of (at least in the arctic) the particular small pond in which they live or by being thrown up along the margin of the part- icular lake by weaves in windy Aveather, as I have repeatedly observed in the arctic parts of America and Greenland. I have also observed how a great number of phyl- lopods in the fall freeze into the ice as the latter begins to form and grows in thick- ness, though a number of individuals were living in the water right under the ice, even if there were only a few inches of free w'ater. It will, therefore, be realized how important it is for the propagation of these animals, that they occur in such vast num- bers and that the hatching of the eggs takes place almost immediately after the melt- ing of the pond or lake-ice in the spring, or after the autumn rains (absent in the arctic) have filled the dried up reservoirs in which the eggs are lying. The fairy shrimps on this continent are divided into two groups (super-families-) according to the number of their pre- genital, foliaceous body-legs. The one group {Poly art emiidcB) has 17 to 19 pairs of these while the other group (comprising the great majority of fairy-shrimps spe- cies) has only 11 pairs. To the first group belong two genera, of which one {Poly arte mi a, 19 pairs of foli- aceous legs) is not found in America, but a species (P. forcipata Fisch.), occurs in the arctic parts of Europe and Asia, both in Scandinavia and Siberia and probably also in the intervening arctic part of Rus- sia ^ Its biology, structure and develop- ment have been given in detail by G. O. Sars, in Fauna Norivegiae, 1896, pp. 59-65. The genus found in America is Pohjar- temieUa, so-called OAving to its similarity to Polyartcmia, from which it, however, is distinguished by having tAvo pairs less of foliaceous legs. Curiously enough the genus Poly art emiella seems to be limited to the arctic and subarctic parts of Alaska and Yukon Territory, and thus resembles someAvhat the fresh Avater Amphipod -S^?m- rella. In the same Avay as S. ^ohanseni has its nearest relatives in Europe and -Asia, so have also the tAvo knoAvn species of Polyartemiella their nearest relative in the Eurasian form Polyartemia mentioned above. Considering their respective dis- tribution Ave may perhaps assume, that both Symirella Ri\d Polyartemia have their original home in Eurasia, and have spread from there to the northAvest corner of America, AA'here then the latter genus be- came transformed in the course of time to the only slightly different genus Polyarte- miella. This invasion of America took place perhaps via a former land-connection betAveen Siberia and Alaska, a view Avhich is supported by the fact, that one of the Polyartemiella species (P. judayi) has been found upon at least some of the islands in the Bering Sea (De Dees). 3. Recorded from Novaja Semlja (Hansen). Febniaiy, 1921.] The Canadl\n Field-Naturalist. 25 The males of the two Poly art emklla species are easily distinguished by their elaspers. lu one {P. hazeui Murdoch) the claspers are big, antler-like processes with four branches : in the other (P. judayi, De Dees), they are more like fish-hooks (or sickles) and three branched, thus more like those of Polyartemia. The first named species, about 1 cm. long, was originally discovered by Murdodi of the International Polar Expedition in tundra pools at Point Barrow, Alaska, in the middle of Juh% 1882, and described and figured by him in the reports of the said expedition p. 150. A better description and figure of it has later been given by De Dees, p. 106-07, (1910) ; according to Pearse * it also occurs at other places along the arctic coasts of Alaska and Yukon Ter- ritory. It has hitherto not been found east of the Mackenzie River. During the Can- adian Arctic Expedition I secured in tundra l)onds at Teller (Port Clarence), Alaska, a couple of males and half a dozen females of apparently the same species in the be- ginning of August, 1913. They differ in various points from Murdoch's descrip- tion, but a full account and figures of them wall be given in the reports of the Can- adian Arctic Expedition (Vol. VII, Part G.) to which I refer. Poly art emiella judayi (about 12 mm.) was originally described by De Dees in Aii- vales des Sciences Naturelles, Paris, 9th series. Vol. XI, 1910, p. 108-11, from spe- cimens collected by Dr. Juday on the Pri- bilof Islands in Bering Sea. I did not myself find this species in Alaska, and as is the ease with the other species (P. ha- zeni) little is known about the life history, the young stages not having been secured as yet, though both sexes are known. '" The genus Poly art emiella thus seems to be limited to the arctic and subarctic parts of northwest America, west of Mackenzie River. To the second group of fairy-shrimps (those with 11 pairs of foliaceous legs) 4 Polyartemiella hanseni (Murdoch) coll. by J. M. Jessup at Muskeg Lake, lat. 69° 40' N., long. 141° W., July 25, 1912, and at Muskeg pools on flood plain of Firth River, lat. 69° 20' N., long. 141° W., June 23, 1912 (Pearse, 1913). s The females are a few millimeters longer than the males. belong three or four families, of W'hich only two have been recorded from Canada and one of these latter also from Alaska. The characters separating the families are not very good, because tjjaey are mainly the appendages (claspefs and accessories) on the head of the ripe males, and even two species belonging to the same genus are ex- tremely different in this respect. I, there- fore, do not find it necessary to give the distinctions between tlie families here, be- yond mentioning, tliat the genus Thamno- cephalus, which occurs in the middle parts of the United States (Kansas, Colorado, etc.), is very distinct from all the other fairy-shrimps belonging to this group, b}' reason of the fusion of the post-genital segments and the cereopods. Probably the most widely distributed of all fairy-shrimps is the circumpolar form Branch inecta paludosa O, F. Miiller. It reaches a length of 2 cm., and the male claspers are fairly simple (though when the animals are ripe, well developed), con- sisting of a stout and long, cylindrical basal part with a row of short spines on their inner margin, and when fully deve- loped, a little longer, more slender, triang- ular and falciform, apical part (joint). The protruding parts of the male genita- lia are thick, arcuated and paired (bifid), while the ovisac of the female is very long, slender and thickest near its free rounded end. This species was first described by Otto Fabricius from West Greenland as Cancer stagnalis (Fauna Groenlandica, p. 247,^ 1780), and much confusion was caused by his thinking it was the same as Linnaeus' species of the same name from Europe, and by 0. F. Miiller in his Zoologia Danica II, calling it Cancer paludosus, in the belief that it Avas the same genus as the species {Branchipus stagnalis), occurring upon the continent of Europe and first recorded b}' Linnaeus as Cancer stagnalis. It was finally established as being the circumpo- lar, arctic form Branchinecta paludosa by Verrill. It is distributed from Alaska to Greenland in the new world, and in Eura- sia it has been recorded from northern Scandinavia, Spitsbergen, Novaja Semlja and Siberia. Curiously enough it has not yet been found in East Greenland. Another species (B. gainii) of the same genus was found by Charcot in the Antarctic. 26 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV As to the southern boundary of the dis- tribution of B. paludosa on this continent little is known ; but the records of it from Commander Islands, Siberia (Lilljeborg, and the Pribilofs (U.S.N.M.) indicate that it is found at least upon some (western?) of the Aleutian Islands. Also, some young ones were collected by J. M. Jessup in a puddle at Whitehorse, Yukon Territory, June 7, 1912 (Pearse, , 1918). I did not observe it at Nome or Teller, Alaska, but it was found by Murdoch at Point Barrow^ in the same pools as PolyartemieUa hazeni. I found it very common along the coast from Camden Bay to Demarcation Point, Alaska, and also on Herschel Island, Yukon Territory, in the summer (June- August) of 1914. It was also collected by J. M. Jessup in Muskeg Lake (lat. 69°40'N. long. 141=AY) on July 25, 1912 (Pearse, 1913). We may, therefore, perhaps assume that it occurs over the Avhole of Alaska and the Yukon Territory, except the southern part of the former, at a certain time of the year, and where suitable ponds or lakes are pre- sent. Dr. J. Rae brought back from Cape Krusenstern, Dolphin and Union Strait, Northwest Territory, some fragments of botli sexes collected in August, 1849; they were referred by W. Baird to this species. According to the great number of observa- tions and collections of this species by me in 1914-16 in this locality (Bernard Har- bour) there can hardly be any doubt about it, an opinion also expressed by Verrill and Packard. It was further secured (Sars) by the "Gjoea" Expedition (Amundsen) on the south side of King William Land, in 1904 and 1905; by the "Neptune" Ex- pedition at FuUerton on the west side of Hudson Bay in 1903-04 ; by Turner in pools on rocks at Fort Chimo, Ungava; by Pac- kard in August, 1864, and by Bryant in 1908, at Hamilton Inlet in Labrador; by the Second Norwegian Arctic Expedition on Johan Peninsula,, Ellesmere Land, in 1898-99; by Hart at Discovery Bay (lat. 81°41'N.) and by the Princeton Expedi- tion, 1899, at Cape Sabine, on the west side of Grinnell Land. In west Greenland it has furthermore been recorded from a number of places up to Polaris Bay (about lat. 82 °N.), where it was taken by Bessels in August 1872, (Packard), and on Nor- thumberland Island, (Ortman). There can therefore be little doubt that it occurs upon all the islands composing the Can- adian Arctic Archipelago. The structure and biology of this species has been so well treated and figured by G. 0. Sars in his monumental Avork (1896) that I need only refer briefly to the life- history. The additional observations I was fortunate to make during my stay along tlie arctic coast of northwest America with the southern party of the Canadian Arctic Expedition 1913-16, will be found in the reports of the said expedition (Volume VII, Part G). Suffice it to say that its whole life-history is now known, because I secured in the north still earlier stages than Sars' metanauplii (see his Tab. VIII) and actually succeeded in rearing in the spring the nauplii from hibernating eggs kept all through the winter. Its life-history is, therefore, the following, at least in the arctic part of northwest America. The hibernating eggs frozen in the ice, hatch out a little after the latter melts in the spring or early summer (June), and the nauplii and metanauplii continue to grow until at the end of July or beginning of August they are sexually ripe. The copu- lation and laying of the eggs then takes place during August and part of September, until the water freezes and kills them all except the eggs. Apparently, however, a great number of the adults die a natural death from the middle of August on, pre- sumably when copulation and egg-laying is over. That they are also killed off by other causes (enemies, waves, drying up of the ponds) has already been referred to. The earliest records in the year I have from this coast is Chantry Island, June 17, 1916, (a couple of nauplii and many metanauplii), and the latest record is adults of both sexes from Bernard Harbour, Aug- ust 23, 1915 (specimens kept). Mr. A. Halkett writes in his field-notes from the "Neptune" Expedition, that female phyllopods of this species (identi- fied by Prof. G. 0. Sars of Christiania, and by me) were collected in ponds at Ful- lerton on the west side of Hudson Bay as late as the end of October and the begin- ning of November, 1903. The water-depth of one of the ponds was about seven feet, and they were then all covered by ice^ which in the last days of October was of a thickness of about one foot. The temper- ature of the air was about zero, and that February, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 27 of the water around freezing-point. The water on testing showed to be slightly sa- line, thougli used for drinkiug-purposes. Since my return from the expedition I received from Professor A. Willey, of McGill University, Montreal, P.Q., six adult branchipods (4 females, 2 males) which so far as I can see belong to this species. They were collected in a pond cut off from the river at Point St. Charles, near Montreal in May-June about 20 years ago. Profes- sor Willey informs me that they have not been observed in that locality since. They were about 2 cm. long, and the females had ripe eggs in the brood-pouch. This is cer- tainly a most extraordinary record, and quite at variance with what one should ex- pect— to find this circumpolar form at Montreal. The species has been recorded from the Carpathians (De Dees), so it would be far more natural to expect to find it in the Rocky Mountains than in the lowlands of the St. Lawrence River. How- ever, the shape of the male claspers, their rows of spines, the oblong ovisac of the females, etc., Inakes me feel confident the specimens belong to B. paludosa. Tlie eggs were perhaps brought with a ship returning from Labrador or other part of the eastern arctic and then developed wiien the snow melted in the spring. My identi- fication of these specimens from Montreal has been verified by Professor A. S. Pear- se, of Wisconsin University (letter to me of March 29, 1920). In Europe this species has been record- ed from high altitudes in the Carpathians, but the above record from Montreal, Que., is the only instance known of its occur- rence on this continent outside the arctic or sub-arctic regions. A couple of other Branchinecta species are found in the middle United States, but have so far not been recorded from Can- ada or Alaska, and are not likely to occur here, though one of them {B. coloradensis) is perhaps an arctic relict form, being found only in ponds and pools on the highest mountains (above 10,000 feet) in Colorado. '^ Nor has the interesting fairy-shrimp Ar- temia salina (A. fertilis, A. gracilis, A. mo- nica), known from many parts of Europe, West Greenland and some of the States, (Connecticut, Utah, California), and iu lower California, been found in Canada so far. ^ Much has been written about this species as to its sudden occurrence iu salt lakes, and in railway tubs filled with brine, where it can withstand more than 270 grains of salt per litre, and where its red color increases in intensity with that of the salinity of the water. This is also the species to which the common European iorm. Branchipus stagnalis {B. ferox) trans- formed by degrees when the salinity of the water in which it occurred was increased, as also the reverse occurred when the water was diluted, according to Schmankevitsch 's investigations. On this continent, how- ever, Branchipus stagnalis does not occur (the species mentioned in Ottawa Natura- list, July, 1895, and April, 1896, is almost certainly Euhranchipus gelidus Hay), and so far as I know the experiments re- ferred to above have not been successful over here, though there are apparently no generally accepted characters separating the genus Artemia from that of Branchi- necta or Branchipus. Of the genus E uhranchipus half a dozen species are known on this continent, the majority of them only from the United States, though all from the northern and middle States, and none from the west. Only one species {E. gelidus Hay) has so far been found in Canada and Alaska, but at least some of the others may well be found to occur in the Dominion, as they are known from New England to Wiscon- sin south of the boundarj^ line, and one species {E. vernalis Verr.) has a very wide distribution. Perhaps the most widely dis- tributed species is E. gelidus, which has so far been recorded from Massachusetts, New York and Indiana in the States and from Ontario and Yukon Territory in Can- ada ; it also occurs in Alaska. For records in Yukon Territory and Alaska see PeaVse, 1913. It is extremely common around Ot- tawa in the spring, and occurs on the Que- bec as well as on the Ontario side of the Ottawa River. There can be little doubt but that this is the species A. Halkett ob- served in 1893 and 1894 at New Edin- burgh, Ontario, {Ottawa Naturalist, July, 6 The eggs of this species are unusually " It may occur in Southern Ontario or Que- large. bee, judging from its presence in Connecticut. •28 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XX Y 1895). Apparently he did not preserve the specimens, but it is the only fairy-shrimp I have found occurring around here. The female especially is easily distinguished from the other species belonging to this genus, having the ninth and tenth body segments produced into lateral, triangular processes dorsally, probably serving for copulatory purposes. The ovisac is broad and elliptical and contains about a dozen ripe, yellow-brown eggs. When the animal is swimming it is continually moving from side to side, so the eggs roll around inside. The clasping antenna of the male are some- what claAv-shaped with a short swollen basal part supplied with two medio-ven- tral, short spines, and a more slender and longer terminal part with bifid tip. Twice as long, however, are a pair of accessory organs at the base of these antenna; (clas- pers) dorsally, in the shape of broad, lob- ated appendages which we may suppose are used for "tickling", or twisted around the female's body during copulation. The protruding male genitalia is a bifid sack ending in two pointed appendages. These fairy shrimps attain a size of 1% em. in May-June, when they are ripe, and vary greatly in color, the females espe- cially having much rose-orange, blue and black-brown pigmentation; but my obser- vations regarding the colors of the many individuals I have examined are too de- tailed to be included here. The paired eyes are dark purple and the tips of the cer- eopods white; the latter color shows up very conspicuously when the animals swim in the water. Of this species I have exa- mined specimens from the following Can- adian localities. Montreal West, P. Que., May 5, 1920, A. Willey, coll., adult male and female, the latter with eggs. De Grassi Point, Lake Simeoe, Ont., Mav 10, 1915 and May 6, 1917, E. M. Walker, coll., 27 adults ,12 males, 15 females, I-I34 cm. long. Scarborough Junction (Toronto), Ont., June, 1908, A. G. Huntsman, coll., 11 adults (5 males, 6 females), li^, 1% em. long (see Natural History of Toronto Re- gion 1913, p. 275). Ponds near Bond Lake, Toronto, Ont., (York County), April 10, 1920, A. G. Huntsman, coll., (young stages, 3-10 mm. long, immature). Around Ottawa I have collected them in temporary pools or canals at various pla- ces, at Hull Park, near Fairj^ Lake, Des- chenes and Tenaga (Gatineau River), on the Quebec side, and at various points (Bil- lings Bridge and Hartwell Locks) along the Rideau River on the Ontario side. Around Ottawa the nauplii hatch soon after tlie melting of the snow and the breaking up of the rivers, and the pools thej' occur in are literally teeming with them. They are found in pools on open fields or pastures as well as in the woods ; already at the end of April they are I/2 cm. long and the females carry their light brown eggs in the sack. The smallest num- ber I have seen in one pool is y^ dozen, which were collected on April 20, 1919. I tried to keep a dozen of them, (4 males, 9 females) alive in a jar. The next day, however, two of the females and three of the males died; before the first of May the last male and a couple of the females died, during the beginning of May the rest of the females died except one which lived until May 7th. It will thus be seen, that these 'animals are more hardy than is gen- erally supposed, especially the females; no food was given them Avhile they were kept in confinement. I observed, that one se- cond elapsed between two succeeding turn- ings-over of the egg-sack from right to left, or the reverse, when the female is swimming ; the movement is apparently for the purpose of bathing the enclosed eggs in the water passing in and out of the egg- sack. May or June is probably the last month in which they are present in southern Ontario and Quebec ; from July on all the pools in which I have observed them earlier in the summer are dried up and the deposited eggs remain in the bot- tom, probably hatching the following spring. Prof. O'Donoghue, of the University of Manitoba, tells me in a letter (June, 1920) that "a species of Branchipus, or more probably an Eiihranchipus ®) is fairly com- mon all around Winnipeg, on both sides of tlie Red and Assiniboine Rivers, as a rule Probably E. Gelidus. (F. J.) February, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist, 29 in the pools formed where the snow melts ..." On June 1, 1920 Dr. A. G. Huntsman, of Toronto, collected twelve specimens of Eubranchipiis fjelidus in shallow sloughs near Wetaskiwin, Alberta (near Edmon- ton). One of these is an adult male, the others are females, mostly adults, and with ripe eggs. Together with the Streptocephalus col- omdensis (see below) these are the first records of fairy-shrimps from western Can- ada. On tlie Canadian Arctic Expedition I found in a large shallow pond on top of a ridge at Bernard Harbour, N.W.T., a num- ber of fairy shrimps (both sexes) of a pe- culiar species, {Artemiopsis Stefanssonii) not known before. Another species {A. bungei Sars) is known from Siberia and the New Siberian Islands. The new spe- cies will be described and figured in detail in the reports from the said expedition (Vol. VII, Part G), so I need only give a summary of my observations on it here. I first observed it on October 6, 1915, in a one foot deep pond which then had seven inclies of ice covering it, but in spite of this the fairy shrimps were very active. In size they were from seven to eleven mm. long, the females being generally a little longer than the males, but all were appa- rently adult and ripe. They belong to the group of fairy shrimps with eleven pairs of progenital limits, and the male had its claspers in the form of powerful, sickle- shaped, terminal parts (with two spines projecting some distances from their tips), projecting from a swollen basal part, be- sides somewhat spiral shaped protruding genital organs, while the female had a very large elliptical egg-sack with olive-brown eggs and a couple of curved processes pro- jecting laterally from the dorsal side of the genital segments. Especially do these fe- male characters remind one decidedly of Emhranchipus gelidus, but the shape of the male claspers and genitalia, together with the absence of accessory copulatory organs (frontal processes, etc.), distinguish them at a glance. In color the males were paler than the females, the latter were orange- red-brown and transparent posteriorly. When found these fairy shrimps were mostly hi coifu, the males holding the fe- males by their claspers dorsally just above the egg-sack and aiding them in locomo- tion. " Males not in copula would soon at- tack one of the females, which were pre- sent in larger numbers than the males, and remain with her as long as copulation lasted. I kept these fairy shrimps alive for some days in a jar, but finally they all died, nor did I have any success in try- ing to rear the eggs during the winter and next spring. What is apparently the ma- tanauplii (2-3inm.) of this species I found next summer (July 3, 1916) in the same pond; at that date the Branchinecta palu- dosn metanauplii were considerably larger, so apparently the new species is somewhat later (a couple of weeks) in its develop- ment (hatching). On the other hand it lasts longer in the fall, no Branchinecta being met with after the freshwater freezes in September on this coast, while the other fairy shrimp, as mentioned, was secured as late as the end of the first week of October. Owing to the shallowness of the pond, how- ever, they probably would not live many days longer, but be killed off when the water froze to the bottom before the middle of the month. I only found the new spe- cies in the pond mentioned, and the locality (Bei-nard Harbour) is the only one in which it has been met with so far. In this connection it is interesti'Ug to note that De Dees (1910) says in his account of the Siberian species {A. hungei) of the same genus, that it apparently can withstand a very cold water (about 1° Keamur), and at least some of the specimens were secured on October 10 (1886). This conforms re- markably well with my observations on the new Canadian arctic species {A. Stefans- sonii.) Dr. A. G. Huntsman of Toronto has re- cently sent me four adult (about 21/2 cm, long) fairy-shrimps, one female, the rest males, which he collected on June 11, 1920, in shallow sloughs, three miles northeast of Medicine Hat, Alta. I have identified them as Streptocephalus coloradensis Dodds, and Prof. A. S. Pearse of the University _ of Wisconsin has verified my determination of this as of other uncommon Canadian Phyllopods. These Streptocephalus oc- curred together with Lepidurus couesid, 9 Though the principal swimming- was done by the female. :iO The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. and the two "clam-shrimps", Estheria mexicana and Limnetis (jouldii. The fem- ale had ripe eggs in its long, tapering ^° ovisac, and the three males had the copula- tory organs well developed. This is the first record of this family in Canada ; it is known in the United States only from Colorado, from which state it was origin- ally described and figured by Dodds in 1916. The family (and genus) is char- acterized by the male having very long, tortuous and three- jointed claspers (se- cond antenna?), with particularly the ter- minal joint subdivided into branches and 10 Thus distinguished from the female B. paludosa. appendages (see figure l)y Cockerell, 1912). The male has the protruding geni- talia rather small and slender; while with the female the second pair of antennae hardl.y exceeds the first pair in length. This new Canadian record makes it verj^ probable tliat the species also occurs in AVyoming and Montana. In Colorado it occurs, according to Dodds (Proc. U. S. N. M. Vol. 49), on the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains (Eldorado and Fort Col- lins), up to an elevation of almost 9,000 feet. The new record at Medicine Hat (which lies at an elevation of about 2,135 feet) apparently gives the lowest known altitude of the occurrence of the species._ (To he concluded.) SOME NOTES ON THE BELTED KINGFISHER. By Prof. William Rowan, University of Alberta, Edmonton. The following notes were obtained at the neAv Biological Station of the Man- itoba University on the shores of Indian Bay, Shoal Lake, Lake of the Woods, Man., between the 15th of June and the 4th of August 1920. The Biological Station is placed in the wildest scenery right on the shores of the bay, 100 miles east of Win- nipeg. Most of the intervening country is muskeg and little of it is settled. The University buildings consist of two bunga- lows, and there are half a dozen other buildings inhabited by employees of the Greater Winnipeg Water District and hands connected with the little private railway which supplies them with food and weekly mail bag. The birds w-ere therefore studied in a comparatively un- disturbed and natural environment. The shores of the lake are entirely rocky and thickly clothed with trees, mainly poplars. The scores of islands in Shoal Lake are similarly of solid rock, covered with extremely dense vegetation. On our arrival tlie nesting sites of the Kingfisher, one of the most abundant birds, was a problem, for even his colossal beak is use- less when it comes to working in rock. No amount of searching or watching from the canoe along the banks revealed a single nesting hole. The continual passage, how- ever, of Kingfishers from the shores of the lake to the banks of a large gravel pit — a relic of the water works operations — put us on the right track and on the third day we had found the first nest. The holes are so characteristic that, having found one, others were easy, and a half hour's search revealed nearly a dozen nests in the two banks. The pit is about a quarter of a mile in length and some hundred yards across and the banks are mainly of soft sand. The only other birds nesting in holes here are Rough- Winged Swallows, and of these there is but one small colony with their little holes characteristically close to one another. The Kingfisher's holes are much larger, being six or seven inches across, and all are at the tops of the banks. Some are old, others in use. The latter can immediately be detected by the curious double track of tlie two feet of the parents worn into the soft sand and run- ning from the entrance inwards. There is no offensive smell however, and no filth oozing out, two characteristics of some other species of Kingfisher. The burrow is as a rule between two and three feet in length, liorizontal sind straight. The terminal chamber is very roomy, as indeed it must be to hold the seven or eight large young. It is invariably sunk beneath the level of the run, and if dug out is found to have the wall dripping and reeking with filth. The young, when ready to fly, have an ex tremely offensive smell, their breast and belly feathers being plastered togethe with caked sand. l( Febraarr, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. ;31 One or two exceptions to the straight run were found in eases where the birds had struck a large root far in Avhile bur- rowing. If this should happen early in the proceedings the hole is apparently aband- oned. Small r«ots are broken and cleared out. No fish bones were found in any of the chambers examined. This sand pit, a quarter of a mile from the lake, was the favourite nesting ground. One or two burrows were found in the soft humus and leaf mould covering the islands, but these were all comparatively short. In one case there were no less than three at- tempted and abandoned holes round the successful one, either big roots or rock having formed an impassible barrier. Other nests were found in small sand pits dug in various parts of the forest. Some of these were a mile from the lake and mea- sured but a few yards across with the banks only 18 inches high. Nearly all held a single Kingfisher family and each had one or two holes used in previous years. Most of the eggs had hatched by the thne of our arrival. A full clutch appears to consist of eight, the av£rage size being 3.43 X 2.64 centimetres. It is hard to tell one end from the other. The fledging period is very long, prob- ably more than five Aveeks. The young are blind when first hatched and remain so for at least a week. At about a fortnight they are bristling with quills, which, dur- ing the third week, almost simultaneously "burst into bloom". A family of seven was photographed at the end of about the fourth week. A week later they left the nest one by one, two days elapsing be- tween the departure of the first and the last. They were escorted almost at once to the lake. During the second week of July the lake's edge was alive with single young, scattered here and there, sitting stupidly by themselves or chasing a parent for food. A week later each family was reuniting and the young beginning to fish for tliemselves. I have seen four young and an adult on a single perch, the young presumably taking fishing lessons. the nest the young "churr" when luiigry. This resembles the adult rattle, V^xcept that it is very much faster and on a apiinute .scale. The young can produce the \,^^ presu ^^lung adult edition at an early age if taken from the nest and sufficiently aroused. As with the British Kingfisher, the hind toe is kept tightly pressed against the back of the leg during the fledging period. The legs are flesh coloured. The Belted Kingfisher is a decidedly noisy bird. No matter whether disturbed b}' human beings, other mammals or the larger raptors it always rattles loud and long. When the young have just left the nest and are being taught their trade, the old birds are at their noisiest. At the nest there are always one or two favourite per- ches on wliich the birds may settle before going to the hole. These are usually at the to]) of some tall tree. Nearly always the bird lands there to the accompaniment of a loud tattoo, Avhether there is danger in sight or not. Their attitudes in perching vary of course, but I sliould say the most characteristic is with the tail, which is often flicked up, held level, and the rag- ged crest partially erect. This ornament always looks patchy when raised. It is thicker, or seemingly so in the young, the feathers being shorter and stouter. The adult plumages are too well known to need description. The juvenile female has the flanks more freely sprinkled with brown then the young male. Both have the grey chest band tipped with brown. Some of the young males show decided indications of the brown lower chest band of the female, but this is a variable feature. The percentage of males per brood appears to l3e considerably higher than females. The food consists mainly of fish, though crayfish, abundant in the shallow edges, are extensively eaten and are also fed to the voung. They are taken whole to the nest! Fish, if big, are held in the middle and slapped on a branch till dead or stun- ned. Fishing is mainly done after the manner of Terns, the Kingfishers hovering in the air and then diving; but they also commonly dive from perches, though I have only seen crayfish obtained in this way. Owing to the rocky nature of the lake's edge, suitable perches are few, and these are in continual use. Both birds hunt for the young (and I believe take turns at incubation), and I have seen the cock bring food for the hen when she was brooding the newlv hatched young. ^^^ 32 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. Photographing the birds entering and leaving the nest was attempted but with scant success owing to the disappointing qualities of the only so-called fast plates available when we left Winnipeg. Despite the most brilliant sunshine a bird photo- grapher could wish for, an exposure of 1/lOth second at an aperture of F6 was the shortest possible to get a decently ex- posed negative. The movements of the l)ird were far too quick for such a time exposure. The heat of the little sandpit in the full glare of the July sun (shade tem- perature 90deg. odd) was almost unbear- able, perspiration dripping steadily off every inch of one's body during the Avhole of the time in the blind. Ants were count- less, a hearty biting variety; "bulldogs" and other flies took each their ounce of flesh at frequent intervals; mosquitoes in their batallions bit through shirt and trou- sers alike, yet movement was impossible. The birds proved good subjects, both male and female bringing food to the half- grown young at regular intervals of about half an hour, but owing to the poor plates the camera was given up in disgust and most of the three or four days spent in the hide were devoted to observation and sketching. THE KING versus This case has attracted such wide at- tention among naturalists, sportsmen, and all who are interested in the conservation of the Wild Life of the continent that a summary of it is not out of place here. If any reader desires the full text of the de- cision it may be obtained from the Com- missioner, Canadian National Parks Branch, Ottawa. On March 31, 1920, Russell C. Clark was apprehended near Mount Stewart, P.E.I., by P. G. Rowe, a migrator}^ Bird Warden. At the time Mr. Clark had in his posses- sion a boat, a shot-gun, and fourteen Can- ada Geese. He was tried before a local magistrate and the case dismissed. Then the case came before the Supreme Court of Prince Edward Island on an ap- j)eal from the dismissal. It was suggested by the defence that the Migratory Birds Convention Act was ultra vires the Federal Legislature as regards birds found in the province of Prince Ed- ward Island, they being the property of the Province, and the question being raised was considered. The judgment of the court states in part that this Act was passed to give effect to a Treaty for the Protection of Migratory Birds which traverse Canada and the United States, the title whereof is not con- sidered vested in any particular part of either country. The Treaty determines certain close sea- sons and it is by it agreed that appropriate legislation for insuring its execution should be enacted by the law-making bodies of the High Contracting Powers. This has been RUSSEL C. CLARK. done b}^ the Federal Parliament in the Act of 7, 8, George V, thus performing an obli- gation of this Dominion arising under a Treaty between the Empire and a foreign power. Under the British North America Act, 1867, the Parliament of Canada is given exclusive power to make laws in this res- pect. It is pointed out in the judgment that similar legislation has been enacted by an Act of Congress of the United States of America, and in the case the State of Mis- souri, Appellant, and Ray P. Holland, United States Game Warden, the Supre- me Court of the United States held that the Migratory Birds named in the Act were only transitorily within any State, having no permanent habitat therein, and that they could be protected by national action in concert with that of another power. The judgment goes on to state that the Canada Goose is indisputably a migratory bird traversing the Continent of America from the frozen North to the Gulf of Mexi- co and that it is only at certain seasons to be found in any particular part thereof. Uniform protection for such birds is not possible for any Provincial Legislature although the killing and sale of such birds as between the Province and its people may be regulated b}' the Provincial Legislature. Uniform protection for these birds can only be accomplished "by national action in concert with another power" and here the Supreme Court of Prince Edward February, 1921. The Canadl\n Field-Naturalist. Island quotes from the decision of the Supreme Court of the United States. The decision is summed up with a state- ment to the effect that the Migratory Birds Convention Act is intra vires of the Dom- inion Parliament under the general power of the Federal Parliament to make laws for the order and good government of Canada as well as under its power to carry out Treaty obligations by legislation and any conflicting Provincial Legislation is abrog- ated bv it. The magistrate's order for dismissal was set aside and the appeal alloMed with costs. Under this decision Mr. Clark's gun was forfeited, a fine of $10.00 imposed, and he had to pay" the court costs. It will be of interest to those concerned in the protection of the birds of the Con- tinent to learn from this decision that the Federal Legislation for bird protection in Canada is legally sound. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Animal Behavior as a Factor in the Formation of Bone Beds. The oecuiTcnce of fossil vertebrates massed togetlier in considerable numbers in restricted areas is a familiar fact to ex- perienced collectors. These aggregations are usually spoken of as bone beds or quar- ries by collectors of fossils. Various theo- ries have been proposed to account for the surprising abundance of vertebrate remains in certain quarries and their absence or scarcity outside these limited areas. Dif- ferent kinds of bone beds evidently re- quire different explanations. In the ease of bone beds in which only a single species or closely associated spe- cies are present, the accumulation of the remains of numerous individuals may be explained by the peculiar behavior of some animals of the present time on the approach of death from starvation or freezing. Such bone beds appeal- to be common in the Cretaceous. Mr. C. M. Sternberg is ac- (luainted Avith ' ' no less than 7 bone beds in which only horned dinosaurs are repre- sented. " 1 ' Darwin has described the curious ins- tinct of the guanaco of South America which leads it to "have favorite spots for lying down to die. On the banks of the St. Cruz in certain circumscribed spaces Avhich were generally bushy and all near the river the ground was actually white with bones. ' ' - A western correspondent, Mr. R. A. Brooks, has given me in a letter a descrip- T- E. M. Kindle, Inequalities of Sedimenta- tion, Jour, .of Geol., Vol. 27, p. 359, 1919. - Chas. Darwin. The Voyag^e of the Beagle, p 172. tion of the behavior of cattle and buffalo on the western plains under the stress of cold, starvation and fright, which clearly indicates how large masses of the bones of these animals have been accumulated. Mr. Brooks states that : "During the hard winter of 1906-07 thousands of head of cattle perished from starvation and cold. I remember well how some of them died. The first cow to die usually felt it com- ing and left the bunch or herd and slow- ly made its way to a lonely place, gen- erally a clump of brush or a coulee, and lying down simply waited to die. The next one feeling her time approaching followed in the tracks of the first one, and died " close beside her and this was kept up until there were no more, or re- lief came. At the U Ranch in the Hands- Hills, central Alberta, the owner show- ed me a coulee where 450 head of his cattle died. This pile of bones actually made a dam across the ravine. Within half a mile was another pile of bones, all that was left of 675 head. Everyone acted the same way. The owners told me that hardly half a dozen died sep- arately and these were on their way to the dying place. "There is also another place on the Beaver Dam river where countless buf- falo died of thirst during a dry year. An old Indian told me that long ago there had l)een nearly three years of rain- less seasons. All the rivers were dry as well as most of the springs. But one kept flowing very freely on the banks of the Beaver Dmn. When a herd of 34 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. buffalo would come near enough to scent this, there was a stampede for it and the ones behind would literally climb over the front ones and trample each other to death. Prairie fires also were the cause of many buffalo bones at the bottom of cliffs, and it is well known here that in the early days the Indians themselves used to stampede herds of buffalo over the cliffs. " This account of the behavior of Avestern cattle under the conditions described, and the mass destruction of the buffalo when acting under stampede excitement, gives an insiglit into phases of animal behavior which may have been a factor in the forma- tion of some fossil bone beds. It may be that the Alberta dinosaurs of Cretaceous times when famine came, like the Alberta cattle of today, sought a common dying ground. E. M. Kindle. Vespula Diabolica. — During the past summer (1920) Vespula diahoUca was ex- tremely abundant in northern Frontenac County, Ontario. In August and Septem- l)er there were hundreds of this species about my camp at Lake Missanag, where during the la^t four years only a few in- dividuals had been present. Anything sweet which was exposed even for a few minutes became a rendez-vous for these wasps and was soon a mass of buzzing black and yellow. In the woods they were every- where in evidence. From various sources I have heard of the great abundance of "hornets" in the northern districts of On- tario during the past summer, and in all probability these reports refer to the pre- sent species. The statements in the literature concern- ing the nest of this species are conflicting. According to Ashmead it nests in stumps. Lutz, after describing the nests of Vespa cral)}0 and Vespula maculata, says: " Tlie remainder of our species, the Yellow- jack- ets, usually make smaller nests and place them either near or under the ground." Plate 3 in "The Hymenoptera of Connec- ticut" shows a small paper nest of this species apparently attached to a beam. I came across several nests of this species and all were suspended from the limbs of trees; they are large paper structures, and seem to be almost identical with those of Vespula maculata. The larvae are 12 mm. long and 5 mm. in diameter at the widest part, whitish in colour, and hang head downwards, sus- pended by the sticky disc at the posterior end of the body. The pupae at first are white, with black eyes; later the thorax v becomes dark, and the black bands appear on the abdominal segments before the wings have developed beyond the wing-pad stage. Vespula diahoUca exhibits a considerable variation in size and marking. Different individuals range from 13 to IG mm. in length. In some individuals the black bands on the anterior portion of the ab- dominal segments are very wide, in others tliey are comparatively narrow. In some the black point on the first abdominal segment projects much further back than in others, sometimes almost cutting the A'ellow posterior border of that segment in two. I found such a difference in respect to marking that I sent three specimens to Dr. L. 0. Howard for confirmation of identification. Dr. Howard reports that Mr. Rohwer determines them all as V. diahoUca. Two of these specimens were taken from the same nest. This species appears to feed very lar- gely, if not entirely, upon vegetable sub- stances. Sweetish sap of any kind is taken with avidity. Fruits are bitten into and the pulp devoured or carried off. Kernels of corn in the late milk stage are cut into and pieces about a millimetre square are carried off. The material carried off is probably food for the larvae, although I was not able to prove this point conclu- sively. Vespula diahoUca does not merit its spe- cific name by reason of its disposition, since it is not at all pugnacious as far as man is concerned. Unlike some of the other Vespoidea no amount of striking at it seems to arouse its ire, and one indivi- dual crawled up my sleeve and came out at the neck of my shirt Avithout stinging. In fact only if seized or crushed does it sting. Its sting is not particularly severe, the burning sensation soon passing off and leaving an itching Avhich persists for a couple of days. It is capable of stinging twice in rapid succession. They are rather quarrelsome among themselves, and Avhen February, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Xatt;ralist. 35 many individuals are taking food from a common source they have frequent com- bats, two individuals grappling, rolling over and over, and using their mandibles but never their stings. This species finds its food by the sense of smell, as was shown by a few experi- ments which I performed. Food hidden from its sight was readily discovered, but similarly-coloured objects without odour were not visited. A. Brooker Klugh. A Gull in Niagara Rapids. — On the afternoon of February 16, 1921, at Niaga- ra Falls, Ontario, I was watching through binoculars (x3) Herring Gulls, {Larus ar- geniatus, Pont.) and Ring-billed Gulls {Larus delaivarensis Ord.) which were picking bits of food out of the rapids of the Niagara River. So skilfully did they do their work that they seemed to receive on their plumage not even a drop of spray as they dipped repeatedly to the surface of the rough water. But one adult Gull, of which species I cannot say, must have made an error as he sought to obtain some object in the rapids just above the brink of the Canadian Falls, for, while I watched with my glasses focussed on him, he was sud- denly seized by the foaming river, and in a flash he disappeared beneath the sur- face. I concluded that his career was end- ed and that in a few moments more he Avould go over the falls. Hardly had I had time for the thought, however, when, several feet down-stream from the place where he had been submerged, the Gull reappeared and succeeded in taking flight. Appar- ently the rough handling which lie must have received while beneath the surface of the rapids had forced water into his usually water-proof plumage, for, as he flew slow- ly away, he was seen to shake himself vigorously, as a dog will do on coming out of the water. Harrison F. Lewis. The Greater Snow Goose. — Most re- cent writers on the water-fowl of north- eastern North America speak of the Greater Show Goose {Chen hyperhoreiis nivalis (Forst.)) as a rare bird in that area and appear to pay little or no attention to the fact that Mr. C. E. Dionne, on pages 109- 110 of his book, "Les Oiseaux de la Pro- vince de Quebec" (1906), states of tliis subspecies that it "is very common and often occurs in considerable flocks in spring and fall in certain places on our shores, notably at St. Joachim, where I have seen flocks of three or four thousand individ- uals,' on the Island of Orleans, and as far as the Sea- Wolves' Batture". The three points mentioned by Mr. Dionne are Avith- in sight of one another. In their vicinity probably all the Greater Snow Geese in existence in a wild state gather each spring and autumn. From the independent sta- tements of various careful observers, I should conclude that their number is now alxHit five or six thousand. When I visit- ed St. Joachim on March 31, 1921, I saw about two thousand Greater Snow Goose there and was told that the maximum num l)er would be present about ten days later. They are Avell protected by a resident M-arden maintained by the Cap Tourmente Fish and Game Club. Harrison F. Lewis. The Town of Yarmouth, N.S., Buys A Bird Sanctuary. The municipality of the Town of Yar- mouth has purchased a Bird Sanctuary. This was not an area suitable for a park or other similar purposes,but was the Island in Lake George where the colony of Great Black-backed Gulls nest. It is of use for Bird Sanctuary purposes only, and this colony of Gulls, so ably described by Mr. Harrison F. Lewis, will now be protected, and will serve as an additional attractioii for bird-lovers in the Yarmoutli vicinity. The publication of Mr. Lewis'^ article in the "Naturalist" assisted in crystalli/c- ing local public opinion on this question for it was extensively quoted in the Yar- mouth press at the time that the matter was under consideration. The only step necessary to complete the Sanctuary will be the formal setting aside of the area by the provincial authorities. Large cities have parks where land birds find refuge and may be studied by the student ; these are bird sanctuaries with- 1 Canadian Field-Naturalist Sept. 1920. 36 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV out doubt ; but the town of Yarmouth has pointed the wa.y to other Canadian muni- cipalities by purchasing an area solely be- cause the birds found it suitable. What a splendid impetus would be given to bird protection if every town that had such a bird colony near it w^ere to extend its in- fluence officially in the interest of its bird neighbours. In the West the care of a prairie slough suitable for wild fowl as the town bird sanctuary would be a worthy line of endeavour for any town or city. The idea could be combined with the pre- sent laudable desire of many municipali- ties in the Western Provinces to reserve park lands in their immediate vicinity. HoYES Lloyd. Freshwater Crustacea From Canada. — ^ince writing my articles on this subject (see tan. Field-I^aturalist, October and November, 1920) I have had the opport- unity of examining some samples of fresh- water invertebrates collected by Dr. A. G. Huntsman in southern New Brunswick and Nova Scotia in the fall of 1920. They contained tlie following new records of Amphipods and Isopods: — hyalella knickerbockeri, Bate (H. Azte- ka 8auss) : Several young ones from Lock Lomond, near St. John, N.B., October 7, 1920, and from Solomon Lake, near Yar- mouth, N.S., October 4, 1920. Asellus com- munis, Say : Several young ones from So- lomon Lake, N.S., October 4, 1920. Frits Johansen. BOOK REVIEWS. The Auk, No. 3, July, 1920. Notes on Some American Ducks, by Al- lan Brooks, 2 plates, pp. 353-367. Ornithologists are not as a rule sports- men, and undoubtedly their greatest weak- ness is a lack of personal familiarity with water-fowl. The difficulty of obtaining material for the study of these birds at the most interesting and illuminating time of the year (the close season) is someAvhat to blame for this, but the feeling that birds so systematically hunted must already be well known has tended to turn the atten- tion of ornithologists towards fields that seem to present greater promise. The fact is, however, that the very few sportsmen and shooters, who know any more about ducks than is sufficient to make occasional bags at certain seasons of the year, are sel- dom fitted either by scientific training or inclination to present their obsei'vations in a proper manner. While many old hunt- ers are mines of valuable information, and our sporting magazines are filled with more or less accurate accounts of the habits and characters of -wild fowl, but little of scientific worth has been made public from these sources in America and it takes the closest discrimination to separate that lit- tle from the fiction in which it is buried. This paper is therefore of great value as it comes from a man who knows his sub- ject from both the sportsman's and the naturalist's standpoint. It consists of var- ious notes on nine species of British Colum- bian ducks. They are too varied to be more than mentioned here, except a detailed analysis of the difference between the Am- erican and Barrow's Golden-eye which is treated at length, with plates showing courtship attitudes of the latter. It is a" coincidence that the author calls atten- tion to the differential features of bill and wind-pipe that the present reviewer dis- cussed in a late number of this journal. Courtship in Birds, bv Chs. W. Townsend, pp. 380-393. This is a philosophic study of the stran- ge courtship dances and actions that are in- dulged in by many birds. The author has made a special study of these. and no one is better qualified to generalize upon them, Ontario Bird Notes, by J. H. Fleming and Hoyes Lloyd, pp. 429-439. A resume of the ornithological develop- ments in Ontario since the publication of Fleming's Birds of Toronto, Auk, XXIII and XXIV, (1906-1907). It includes notes on some 71 species. Seventeenth Supplement to the American Ornithologist 's Union Check List of North American Birds, b}^ the Committee on No- menclature, consisting of Witmer Stone, H. C. Oberholser, Jonathan Dwight, T. S. Palmer and Chas. W. Richmond, pp. 439- 449. When the last Check-list was published in 1910 it was proposed to issue revised February, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. ')( editions every decade, leaving the subject of changes to rest from official action in the interim. This would give us ten year. intervals of approximate stability instead of a constant and progressive series of change. 1920 was the year for the ac- cumulated proposals of change to be con- sidered and decided upon and a new^ Check- list published. However, one of the im- portant matters under consideration at the 1919 annual meeting was the proposal from the British Ornithologist's Union that the two associations should unite in a check- list of birds of the Avorld in which we were to assume charge of the part covering America. It was recognized that, however desir- able this might be, it brought to the fore the fundamental differences between Eu- ropean and American practice, but it was hoped that grounds of agreement could be arrived at. Harmonizing of opposed views and the mutual concessions necessary to agreement is a difficult matter, and though the publication of a check-list has been held up, that object of the negotiations has not yet been arrived at. The committee on Xomenclature has been busy, however, and has decided that the results of their findings should no longer be withheld. Considering that this supplement is "a considerable part" of ten ^-ears accumula- tions it is not as bad as the annual install- ments of possibilities led us to fear. The additions and changes number 32, the re- jections 35. Those affecting the names of Canadian birds are as follows: Generic Changes. Megalestris Bonaparte, Skut, becomes Catharncta Brunnich. Hydrocheledon Boie, Black Tern, beco- mes Chlidonias Rafinesque. Thalassidroma Vigors, Storm Petrel, be- comes Hydrobates Boie. Aestrelata Bonaparte, Petrels, becomes Pterodroma Bonaparte. Clangula Oken, Goldeneye, becomes Glaucionetta Bonaparte. HercJda Stephens, Harlequin, becomes Clangula Leach. Macrorhamphus Forster, Dowitcher, be- comes Limnodromus AVied. Calidris Illiger, Sanderling, becomes Crocethia Billberg. Helodromas Kaup, Solitary Sandpiper, becomes Tringa Linnaeus. Heteractitis Stejneger, Wandering Tat- ler, becomes Heteroscelus Baird. Charadrius Linneaeus, Golden Plovers, becomes Pluvialis Brisson. Acgialitis Boie, Ring Plovers, becomes Cha}ad)ius Linnaeus. Cathaiista Vieillot, Black Vulture, be- comes Coragyps Geoffroy. AIuco Fleming, Barn Owls, becomes Tyto Billberg. Saxicola Bechstein, Wheatears, becomes Oenanthe Vieillot. The Gannet, Sula Bassana (Linnaeus), is placed in another genus and becomes Moris bassana (Linnaeus). Specific and Subspecific Changes. Calidris leucophaea Pallas, Sander- ling, becomes Crocethia alba Pallas. Vermivora rubricapilla Wilson, asli- ville Warbler, becomes Vermivora rufica- pilla Wilson. Compsothlypi-s americana usnea Brews- ter, Northern Parula AVarbler, becomes Compsothlypis americana pusilla Wilson. It is evident from this that many of our oldest and most familiar names have gone into synonomy but it is also to be noted that the Committee have dropped diphthongs in the .spelling which is an advance in the direction of simplicity and a relief to the printer who is Avithout an unlimited font. A list of 35 rejections follows, which many of us maj' wish twice as long. Under ' ' General Notes. ' ' B. H. Swales, p. 463, records a Hooded Warbler seen on Belle Isle in the Detroit River, Mich., May 6, 1920. This is only a fraction of a mile from the Canadian boundary and the record is of interest in connection with our few records of the species in south-western Ontario. Harrison F. Lewis, pp. 464-465, gives a very circumstantial account of a Blue- gray Gnatcatcher seen at Quebec City, May 18, 1920. There is another old but poorly substantiated record for this species at Montreal. Mr. Lewis' description of its characteristic tail twitching and repeated hoarse note is very convincing and places the occurrence on as firm a basis as is possible for a sight record of so unusual an event. .38 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV Under ' ' Recent Literature ' ' is reviewed, pp. 479-480, On the Nest and Eggs of the Common. Tern {S. fluviatilis), A Compa- rative Study, by Wm. Rowan, E, Wolf and P. L. Sulman, assisted bj^ Messrs. Pearson, Isaacs, Elderton and Tildsley. Biometrika, Vol. XII, 1919, pp. 308-354, 5 plates. This is a mathematical correlation of the exceedingly variable characters of the eggs and nests of this species with their envi- ronment, to detect the relation if any be- tween these apparently hap-hazard fact- ors. In the Ci3urse of the w'ork many hun- dred eggs were examined and measured and compared with their immediate surround- ings. While results are not conclusive on any one point they are suggestive of lines of future investigation. Thus, whilst there was more uniformity, the eggs averaged larger inthe good season of 1914 than in the poor one of 1913. This may possibly have been due to the stricter elimination of the weaker birds or those that departed farthest from the optimum type the previous year. Another point brought out, but the meaning of which does not seem clear, was tliat the most spherical eggs were found in the most carelessly built nests. Much other food for thought is suggested that we have not space to mention. This is work that may well be carried on by those few who are favorably situated to examine large rookeries of variable species. The results, even if negative, are worth while, for it is as much a part of scientific pathfinding to loeate the blind alleys as to mark the highway. In reply to criticism that has already been raised it may be remarked that the senior author has informed us that apart from the momentary and un- avoidable fright caused by the intrusion of the investigators the birds were not disturbed and the great array of tabulated data was gathered without the necessarj- loss of an egg. Under ' ' Correspondence ' '. W. E. Saunders and J. H. Fleming ad- dress a letter to the Editor, proposing that in future, at the Annual Metings of the A. 0. U., each member shall pay for his or her own luncheons instead of being en- tertained as guests by members of local organizations. It was felt that, however hospitable and willing these organizations have been in the past, it is throwing an annually increasing burden upon them thai is greater than should be accepted. . It may be remarked that this was followed by a circular letter to the membership, and, as a result, at the late Washingtoir meeting the suggestion was acted upon. Pp. 499-505 are taken up with a discus- sion on Popular Nomenclature, originating independently with Wm. Rowan and Har- rison F. Lewis, and replied to by the Editor, Witmer Stone. Mr. Rowan objects to the use of names like Robin and Sparrow Hawk to Ameri- can species when the terms are preoccupied by entirely different Old World forms. He suggests that we return to the system in foiVe before the 1910 Check List of prefix- ing the adjective American to them. Mr. Lewis presents five propositions for the making of popular bird names : 1. — Provide for specific as well as sub- specific names. 2. — Avoidance of clumsy names. 3.— Changing inappropriate or mislead- ing names. 4. — Avoidance of the names of people in name construction. 5. — The use of modifiers to group names when used for individual members of such group. Mr. Stone, whilst dealing sympatheti- cally with most of these view^s, proclaims the impossibility of applying a "code" to the construction of popular names, fearing the introduction of "book names" and citing cases where such have failed of general adoption. In the spirit of Thompson Se- ton's apt phrase "the genius of the lang- uage" he objects to Rowan's proposal de- claring in substance that to Americans Planesticus migratorius is the Robin and no other name Mall be generally adopted. He does, however, approve of Lewis' fifth proposition. Whilst a liard and fast code such as is applied to scientific names (and incident- ally keeps shuffling our names about) may not seem advisable and considerable lat- itude must be given to established popular usage, it does seem that some such prin- ciples might well be kept in mind. The Check-list is now a mass of "book names" of the bookiest kind, and it does not seem that it would put any great inconvenience upon the general public were the most ob- February, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 39 surd of them replaced by others of more popular appeal. Names well established in popular usage need not be disturbed, but it does not seem likely that (1) calling the first described subspecies of the Palm War- bler, the Interior Palm Warbler; (2) shortening Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker to Arctic Woodpecker; (3) changing Arc- tic To-whee to Northern Towhee; (4) Brun- nich's Murre to Thick-billed Murre; (5) and Chickadee to Black-capped Chickadee would arouse any g^eneral protest from the public. It is difficult to understand Mr. Stone's attitude in regard to the prefix American to Robin, Sparrow Hawk, Redstart and others. Of course to those wlio know and love him Plauesficus migratorius Avill al- ways be regarded as the robin in spite of check lists and committees to the contrary, but colloquial use need not debar the crea- tion of a more formal title for mixed au- diences. If we speak of a certain well- known ornithologist in public or where confusion of identity might arise we are careful to use his full formal name, e.g. Dr. Witmer Stone, and on proper occasion may add a string of letters in due form. In general private discussion, I fear that the single name "Stone" is often used, whilst among his intimates I think I have heard the simple "Witmer'' repeated and a nick-name may even be surmised. Yet all these forms are without prejudice to the full formal title in the check-list of American men of scinee. There is no rea- son why the same would not prove true of the American Robin or any other similar bird. The fact is that Planesticus migratorius is not, nor ever can be. The Robin any more than it can be an elephant or any thing else that it is not. Calling it so col- loquially or as a figure of speech may be convenient and expressive where the use is plain, but it is not suitable for formal oc- casions or where the purpose is obscure. It may be said that it is the bird called Robin in America or t^ie American Robin, but it is not the Robin any more than the Canada Goose is a Bustard because French Can- adians call it Outard. These are questions of fact that cannot be set aside by spe- cialist committees. The suggestion that if Planesticus migratorius is the American Robin, Erithocus ruhecula is the European Robin is hardly logical, as we can hardlv call on Europe to quality itself when it has the acknowledged priority; the onus of distinction lies with us. Finally I would take exception to Mr. Stone's proposal that the names of sub- specifically divided species be made plu- ral, as Melospiza melodia,. the Song Spar- rows. This is a retrograde step, A tree is a tre,e no matter how many branches it has, and Melospiza melodia is a species, no matter how many subspecies may be found within its limits. It is not a (complex of individual disconnected units but an in- dividual unit itself, more or less branched and containing plans of possible future cleavage; but until that cleavage occurs an individual entity for all that. To de- clare otherwise is to support a false and obsolete doctrine without in any way clarifying popular concepts. Notes and News contains, p. 511, the ob- ituary notice for Dr. C. Gordon Hewitt, who died at Ottawa. Feb. 29, 1920. No. 4, October, 1920. Limicoline Voices, by J. T. Nichols, pp. 519-540. This is an interesting paper dealing with the voices and call notes of the waders, the occasions of their use and probable mean- ings. It is largely philosophical in tone but n« one interested in these birds m life should neglect studying it. In The Haunts of Carn 's Warbler, by C. W. Eifrig, pp. 551-558. This paper, by one formerly closely as- sociated with the Ottawa Naturalist, is a general account of the birds in south-west- ern Maryland in 3 918 Pattern Development in Teal, by Glo- ver M. Allen, pp. 258-264. This paper was suggested by Kennard's description of the Soutlierri Blue Winged Teal, (Auk, 1913). It is the presentation of a new" theory of color placement based upon the above species. The author post- ulates certain superficial areas or centers from which color may spread. White is normallj' found only at the edges of these areas and is to be regarded morphologi- cally as caused by restriction of color de- velopment, a passive rather than an act- ive factor in pattern development. 40 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. Migration and Physical Proportions, a Preliminary Study, by C. K. Averill, pp. 572-579. This is an application of mathematics to ornithological study, and is based upon series of measurements of various birds correlated with their migrational and flight habits. Birds of longest migration seem to liave long wings, short tails and small bills and feet. Tlie forked tail is an ac- companiment of good flight powers. A possible explanation of this is suggested by Dr. J. T. Nichols in a later number of the National Geographic Magazine, where he calls attention to the forked tails of the speedier fish. His theory is that the center of the tail is the meeting point of the stream line currents proceeding along the body and that the cutting out of the tail here reduces drag. It also appears in current literature that a remarkably speedy motor boat has lately been built by cutting away the underbody aft in an analogous fashion. It would seem that the effect produced in water currents would probably be seen in air movement with a result pro- portional to the reduced density of the medium. The forked tail may have a greater meaning than has heretofore been imagined. Mr. Averill has suggested a promising line of investigation. Under "General Notes" are the follow- ing: The Willet in Nova Scotia, pp. 581-582. Breeding of the Semipalmated Plover in Yarmouth Co., N.S., pp. 583-584. The Black-polled Warbler and Bick- nell's Thrush 'in Yarmouth Co., N.S pp 591-592. Notes on the Acadian Sharp-tailed Spar- roAv, pp. 587-589. The Singing of the Ruby-crowned King- let, pp. 594-596. Notes from Seal Island, N.S., pp. 596- 597. All by Harrison F. Lewis. The Willet in Nova Scotia, by Chas. W. Townsend, pp. 582-583. Most of these are summarised by their titles. The Eastern Willet as a breeding bird seems to be increasing in Nova Scotia under the beneficial pr(5iecSanj March, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 57 T. Leathern, Hunting Ducks in close season. Fine $10.00. Sihing Ohong, Mallard Ducks in shop for sale. Fine $10.00. Sam Lee, Mallard Ducks in shop for sale. Fine $10.00. G. A. Sharp, Mallard Ducks in shop for sale. Fine $10.00. Wong Wee, Did buy a Mallard Duck. Fine $10.00. Northwest Game Act Prosecutions. A. Adams, Little Buffalo River, N. W. T. Trapping: without a license. Two mink skins seized. Fine $5.00. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Notes and Observations on. the White- Winged Crossbill. — In many ways the past winter was a remarkable season. Snow covered the ground on the 13th of November, and al- though we had exceptionally mild weather with intermittent rains and no prolonged snow-falls, yet the temperature was con- sistently even and sufficiently low to keep the ground snow-covered until early March. On the 13th of March the fields about Montreal were practically bare and I was a little doubtful about undertaking a previously arranged snowshoe tramp with mv friend, Mr. W. J. Brown. How- ever, armed with very large snowshoes and proportionately large 'boeufs', I ran the gauntlet of interrogative glances and was glad to reach the station and further com- pany. Snowshoeing on bare ground is not a conventional sport. Reaching He Jesus, adjacent to Montreal Island, conditions were reversed and bare spots the excep- tion ; while throughout a large spruce forest, twenty-five miles farther north, the snow was between two and three feet in depth. Earlier in the morning, at St. Lambert, I had seen a few Robins, Song Sparrows and Bluebirds; but here were no cheery greetings from spring arrivals, although I saw a Marsh Hawk and a Red-shouldered Hawk, and glimpsed a furtive sparrow in the spruce undergrowth that I failed to identify. On the other hand here was a probable part explanation of the dearth of birds about urban districts during the past winter. Black-capped Chickadees were fairly common — about twenty-five being noted in two flocks. During former win- ters I almost invariably saw this bird on all of my walks in the vicinity of Mont- real. I always counted on seeing at least the Chickadee until the past Wint^er, when I seldom saw it and then in greatly reduced numbers. In these spruce woods (mainly Black Spruce and Tamarack) one Canada Jay was seen, an Arctic Three- toed Woodpecker and four or five Red- breasted Nutlhatches, but the most noti- ceable bii'ds were Pine Siskins and White- winged Crossbills. The Siskins were well distributed in small groups and pairs ( ?) and many were heard singing. Probably twenty- five were noted. The Crossbills were also distributed in small groups but their erratic move- ments made it difficult to determine their numbers. All those that were plainly seen were males. Several were heard singing from spruce tops and one gave a remarkable flight-song — just skimming the tops of the conifers on fluttering wings, while giving a series of trilled songs continued througlhout a fligM ot about one hundred yards, w*hen the singer pitched into a spruce tree. Following, I found it feeding in the tip of a Black Spruce with two other males. One song, or flight-note, that was heard several times, recalled the tremu- lous twitter of the Snow Bunting so strongly tjhiat I was at first inclined tlhus to record it. On March 27th we revis- ited this locality, minus our snowshoes, but found still a good two feet of snow in most placesi and progress was labor- ious. Althoug'h two flocks of ten and twenty White-winged Crossbills were seen feeding on tamarack seeds, and other birds were heard in flight, we were un- 58 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. able to determine whether they had com- menced nesting or not. On April 3rd practically tjhe same ground was covered and altihough one Crossbill wem heard in flig'ht, none were seen. It is noteworthy that this species ap- pears to be the prevalent crossbill in tihe Montreal district, at least during recent years ; while in Compton County, during tIhe years 1899-1902, and at other times, I did not record it at all, but found the Red Crosjsbill a common bird. L. McI. Terrell. Observations on the Birds of Prince Edward Island. During- th.e mont^h of June and the first few days of July, I was engaged in marine biological work at Malpeque, P.E.I. I was able incidentally to make a few observations on the birds of the region and these are worth putting on record only because very little has been published concerning t)ie avifauna of Prince Edward Island. The country round Malpeque Bay, which is also known as Ridhimond Bay, is practically all cleared. Here and there small patdhes of White Spruce and Paper Birch remain, and on the north side of nearly every house is a wind-break of these same trees left as a protection against the bitter nortihi winds which sweep in from the Grulf of St. Lawrence. Curtain Island, near t^he middle of Mal- peque Bay, and some of the other is- lands in the bay, are fairly well timbered. The chief feature of the avifauna as a whole which imprassesi one is that it is not particularly rich in species, but that there are a great number of indi- viduals of such species as do occur. On tjie bay and on the outier coast the commonest birds are the Common Tern and the Herring Gull. On Fish Is- land, and on its great barrier dunes ■wfhich extend practically across the moutih of the bay, the Piping Plover is very common, and its melodious yet somewhat plaintive note seemed to fit in most ap- propriately with the vast gray expanse of the dunes and t^e roar of the surf. The Belt«d Kingfisher is not uncom- mon and a pair had their home in a burrow in a high eroding cliff on Cur- tain Island. The Ruby-throated Hummingbird is fairly common and a pair nested in the orchard beside the North Sjiiore House at which we stayed. Of the Woodpeckers the Flicker and the Yellow-bellied Sapsucker are the com- monest species, the former being abun- dant and nesting in • the old spruce stubs which in many places are found along the fences. T^ie Kingbird, the Olive-sided and. tihe Least were the only Fly-catchers ob- served. About a quarter of a mile from the North Shore House there is a littJe patch of spruce, and from the top of one of the tallest of tJiese trees an Olive- sided Flycatcher uttered hisi "Whip-whee- yoo-u-u" from morning till nig^t, and this clear ringing note reached us with its volume but little diminished. He also had a softer ^^Quilp-quilp" which he used occasionally. A Least Fly-catcher, which nested in the grounds, was the most persistent singer of all the birds of t^e neighbourhood. His chief haunt was in one of the tall willows, and here he sat and uttered hi&'^Chehec-chehec-chehec- chehec-ckehcc-chehec" so continuously that one wondered when he found time to eat. On two or three occasions I saw him dies- cribe an arc in the air, and while doing so he sang a song quite unlike, and far more melodious t^an, his usual m.onoto- nous vocal performance. The Prairie Homed Lark is common in the fields. The Crow is abundant both in the fields and on the sihore. The Bronzed Crackle is one of the most abun- dant birds of the whole region about the bay, and nearly every patch of spruce held a large colony of tlhese birds. The status of this species on t^ Island seems to have changed since Macoun in 1888 wrote "One pair seen at Tracadie", and Dwight in the nineties said "A pair of these birds in Mr. Earle's possession were tlhe only ones he had ever seen on Prince Edward Island." The Purple Finch is a common summer resident, and a male which lived in the vicinity of t^e North S:hore House was the most brilliant songster of this species I have ever heard, his rich warbling re- ^lai-i 1921. J The Canadian Field-Naturalist. ;")•) fraiii beingr deep in tone and long:-con- linued. The Vesper Sparrow is extremely com- mon, but is exceeded in numbers by the Savanna Si)arrow whieli is the most abundant bird of the region. The White- t,aroated Span-ow is common in suCh pieces of woodland as are left, tthis being- particularly the case in a damp piece of forest near Ken>sin*ton and in the woods on Curtain Island. The Song Sparrow is common, the Chipping: Spar- row rather scarce, and the Slate-coloured •lunco abundant. Of the Swallows, the Tree Swallow is the most abundant species, though t'he Barn and t/.ie Cliff Swallows are common ami many colonies of Bank Swallows nast in the soil at tihe top of the cliffs on Curtain Island and at other points along the coast. The commonest species of Warblere are the Myrtle, Magnolia, Yellow and Amer- ican Redstart. A pair of ^Myrtles lived ill the wind-break in front of the North Shore House and the male was a eon- tiinious singer. A pair -of Yellow War- hlei-s had. their nest, in a gooseberry bu«;i in the garden. It was composed of dried grrass, pieces of twine and yarn, and bits of birch-bark, and lined with hair and a few chicken feathers. When the female was hnntingr material for her nest she frecpVented tHie lawn and readily accepted donations in tilie shape of yam or twine. When she was seekingr hairs with whicli to line the nest, .she seemed to find the verandah the most promising hunting- ground, and finding a ihair caught in a crevice, or on a splinter, s^e pulled at it, now from this direction, now from that, swinging round and round as she tugged, and usually succeeding in dislodging it. The male took no part in the construction of tihe nest, nor in incubation, but brought insects to tlie female while she was sit- ting. Three of the four egrgs ihatc;ied and the shells and the unhatched e^g were removed from the nesti. For the first two days after the young appeared the female spent most of her time brood- ing, wjiile tihe male was busy forao^ng. As he approached the netsit he invariably sang, and when the female heard him she usually slipped from the nest and went off to secure a few insects, some- times for herself, .sometimes to give to t)he nestlingis on 'her return, wjiile the male fed the nestlings. In the early days of feeding whole insects* were not; given to the young, but the insects were pounded and swallowed by the male, then regurgitated into t'lie tliroats of the nest- lings. The Maryland YelloM^throat and t/ie Canadian Warbler were seen only in the woods on Curtain Island. The Chickadee and the Acadian Chick- adee are about equally common in the pieces of woodland. The Hermit Thrush and the Olive- backed Thrus/i were observed in the woods on Curtain Island and were heard singing from tihe woods on some of the other islands. The Robin is abundant, and three pairs nested in the grounds on tihe North Shore House. The songs of the three males differed considerably in quality, and one of them had a most characteristic refrain in which the syllables ^^Rip-rip-ter-rrurr^' occurred very conspicuoasly and - with great frequency. A. Brooker Klugh. Prairie Warbler at Hamilton, Ont. On going into the garden on the morning of May 12, 1920, to look for migrating birds, I noticed an unfamiliar Wood Warbler feeding in a thicket of wild plum trees. I observed it carefully for several minutes at a distance of about twenty-five feet, with bright sun- light behind me, using 6 X field-glasses. As the bird was moving away, I Avas unable to get a good view of the head or under-parts, but could see that the>' were bright yellow marked with black. Observation of the upper-parts was very satisfactory, however, and I noted a reddish, saddle-shaped area on the back, which was olive-green. On consulting P. A. Taverner's "Birds of Eastern Canada", I identified the bird as a Prairie Warbler (Dendroica discolor). 1 knew tliat the bird was not a common one ; but not until recent conversation with Messrs. W. E. Saunders and H. F. Lewis did I realize that it is rare enough to 60 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXV. make this record of possible interest to other observertsi. The thicket in which this bird was seen runs through two gardens and some adjoining' vacant-building-land on ''The Mountain" and about tvliree hundred yards south of its edge. The neighbor- hood is a very quiet one ; and the thicket is a favorite haunt for migrating birds. Only the Yellow Warbler, of this family, was noticed there before the Prai- rie Warbler in 1920; and no others were recorded until several days later. R. Owen Merriman. quite unafraid. I was surprised to see not a few of them witJh a white spot the size of a five cent piece at t^he side of the neck, just in front of the wing at the shoulder. It was a beautiful sight to 6ee a tree literally covered with hun- dreds of these birds, the brandhes bend- ing under their weight. I have not jieard of their liaving been seen in such large flocks before. Neil Gilmour, Moose Jaw, Sask. Bohemian Waxwings in Saskatchewan. On April 1st (1921) I saw a very in- teresting and to me a new sig^it. When I say I saw a flock of one thousand Bohemian waxwings, I feel confident that I could multiply that number by three and still be within tllie mark. This was in River park (Regina). There were acres of them, feeding on the bushes and shrubs of the park. Thej' would take wing, circle, and again alight, and a,s they rose there was a roaring sound from * their wings. They flew from busih to busih and pa.ssed within ten feet of me Appointments. — In November, 1920, Mr. Harrison F. Lewis, of Bergerville, Quebec, and Mr. J. A. Munro, of Okana- gan Landing, B.C., were appointied Chief Federal Migratoiy Bird Officers for On- tario and Quebec, and for the Western Provinces, respectively, Mr. R. W. Tufts, of Wolfville, Nova Scotia, was appointed to a similar position for the Maritime Provinces in 1919. All three have brougiht to their new positions that prime requi- site, a tjiiorough knowledge of ornithology, and great advances in the cause of bird protection in Canada may confidently be expected a® a result of their efforts. H. L. i LIBRARY THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST^ # VOL. XXXV. GARDENVALE, QUE., APRIL, 1921 No. 4. A POPULAR DESCRIPTION OF DINOSAURS. By C. M. Sternberg. Introduction. — Palaeontology deaLs with the history of life, and its time is measured in millions of years rather than centuries as civilization is measured. The time that ci"vilized man has ruled tihe earth is to t,he time that life ha.s been upon it, as a day is to f^e averag-e life of a man. In the remote past many orders of reptiles and other animals flourfeJied dur- ing their time, then passed away, in many cases leavinor no descendants. Were it not for the fact that many of these ancient animals left their hones entombed in the rock that was laid down at t/ie time when they lived, we would know nothinfj about tIhe animals that inhabited the earth in past geological ages. Among the most interesting and re- markable of these animals were the dino- saurs whie.h were so abundant during the Mesozoic Era. General Discussion. — The name Dino- saur is taken from the Greek and means Terrible Lizard. It was first proposed by ProfesJsor Owen, the eminent English palaeontologist and anatomist. The dino- saurs were an order of reptiles coni- l)rising the largest land animals of which we have any knowledge, and in most classifications of the animal kingdom hold the same rank as the Chflonia (tortoises and turtles) and Squamaia (lizards, ^luikes, etc.). They were the dominant type of land animals during the Mesozoic period or Age* of Reptiles, which lasted some millions of years and closed at least three million years ago. They were widely distributed, their bones Ihaving been found on each of the six continents, although Nort,h America has yielded by far the greatest numbei- of genera and complete specimens. The dinosaurs varied greatly in size, structure and habiis, but all of them are noted for their small and primitive brain. Wliile some of the amplhibious forms, of Jurassic age, attained a length of one hundred feet, others were very small, Compsoganthus, a carnivore of Jurassic age, being only two feet in leJig^tjh. Th(^ small carnivora were very slender and without doubt were fleet-footed and ac- tive. The armored forms were heavy- boned, clumsy, slow-moving creatures. Some foruLs must have taken to the water for defence, wthile others were provided with horns, and yet others were completely incased in dermal armor or plates of bone in tihe skin. They all possessed foui- limbs, though in some the front pair were veiy small. None of the dinosauiN had the power of flight so far as known, though, a contemporars- order of reptiles, the Pterodactyles, must have been as graceful flyers as our pres- ent-day baits. The amphibious forms (Saiiropoda) must have spent much of their time in the water. Soime studen believe that they never left the water, though of course like all reptiles they ^vere eompelled to keep the nose above water to breathe. In this sub-order are placed Gigantosmirus, Brontosatirus. Di- pJodocus, etc. Certain of the carnivorous forms' were so bird-like that, w^iere only part of the skeleton was known, they have been called birds. Because of the great similarity- between these forms and certain birds, some students believe tlhat in the course of evolution, the birds evolved throug^h the dinosaurs, while other; believe that both birds and dinosaurs were derived from a common ancestor. The similarity of certain dinosaurs to b:j is is most no- 62 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV tieeable in the pelvis, or bony arch with which tihe hind limbs articulate, and the hollowness of tihe bones, especially those of the limba The largest of t.he carnivorous forms, which attained a leiigfth of forty feet, has been named Tyranosanrus or Tyrant Lizard, and quite deserves Hhe name Dinosaur. People often say "Wlhat strange an- imals lived in prehistoric timeisi", but they do not think of the strangeness of some of our present day animals because they are familiar with t)iem. They remind one of the small boy who, when visiting the Zoo for the finst; time, gazed intently at the giraffe for a few moments, tlhen turned to his mother aiul said, "There aint no siuch animal.'' The Canadian Field. — Our Canadian field, on the Red Deer River, Alberta, Is probably the ric/ie.st known for the collection of dinosaurian remains, if we consider the number of genera and spe- cies it has produced and the completeness of the specimens. Thouglh we have made great advances in our knowledge of tlie upper Cretaceous dinosaurfci, there are several species which, as yet, are re- presented by such fragmentary material that only insufficient knowledge of tjiieir structure can be gained. There are two subdivisions of the up- per Cretaceous, known as the Edmonton and Belly River formationsi respectively from which Geological Survey field part- ies Ihave collected most of the dinosaurian remains now preserved in lihe Victoria Memorial Museum ait Ottawa. The Ed- monton formation is best exposed along the Red Deer river nortiheast of Calgary, Alberta, while t^ie most productive depos- its of Belly River age are exposed along the isame river east of Calgary. These and rising several times. What is now two divisions are separated by about six hujidrt'd feet of marine deposit (Ft. Pierre), sihowing that at the close of tHie Belly River age this region was sub- merged beneath the sea and did not re- appear until Edmonton tame. There is much evidence to s,how that tluring Cretaceous tinu's the continent was not stable but sank in one area and rose in another, and repeated the sinking Alberta was submerged benealih the Cre- taceous sea no less than uhree times. The close of the Cretaceous period marked the drainino- off of tlie Cretaceousi sea and tjie couDitry continued to rise until it reached an altitude of thirty-five hundred feet above sea level. Subsequently most of the deposits whicih were of more re- cent age than Cretaceous were eroded away, and finally the great ice cap aided in the leveling by scouring here and filling there. Only a remnant of the more recent deposits is left on t,he high points which did not succumb to the levelling e. g. tihe Hand Hills and the Cypress Hills. Since the glacial period the Red Deer river has cut a great trough in tlie prairie and has tapped the ancient burial ground. The erosion has been so rapid t.iiat the banks are quite .steep, and the rocks are denuded of soil or vegetarion and in many places are weathered into a badland topograplhy of many canyons, ridgesi and steep slopes. In these bad- lands Geological Survey parlies search out the ancient giants and remove them to Ottawa, there to be preserved for all to see and study. At the time when the Belly River and Edmonton deposits were being laid down this section of country was a great low- lying land of many lakes, bayous and swamps, which were very little above tji^^ level of the Cretaceouisi sea. This sea ex- tended from the Gulf of Mexico over what is now the prairie states and prov- inces and at one stage connected with the Arctic Ocean, thus separating tbe western part of the continent from the eastern part. That the dinosaurs lived near sea level is proved by the fact that we often find mingled with their bones, the bones of marine animals which had wandered too far inland or whoi^c bones had been driven in l)y the waves. Most of the deposits in w'hic.a the remains are found are of fine grained sand and clay which indicates sluggish streams or quiet water.^ Evidence points to a dense e:rowtli of both bind and water plants. Rushes are very common, as are trunks, l)ranches, and cones of the Red Wood. The pres- ence of palm^, figs, aiid other forms of April, 1921. The Canadian Feeld-Natubalist. 63 similar habitat iiidicaties that the climate was semi-tropical. This must have been a mueji favoured Ihaunt of dinosaurs and other reptiles, for there are thousands of individuals represented and of course we see only a very small percentage of the bones that were entombed in the rocks. As the animals died on the banks of a river or lake oi* on a delta, the flesh was torn off by some hungry carnivore and t^e bones scattered. In times of flood these bones were picked up and carried to some lake or was)hed upon a mud-flat or isiand^bar. There are a great many extensive "bone beds" or layers in A^Hhich thousands of bones have been deposited, as driftwood would be thrown up on a beach by the waves, or carried on to a mud-flat by back water. These bone beds are usually at the junction of the clay and sand rattier than wholly within either type of deposit. The bones in these deposits are usually disarticula- ted and sihow signs of having been tossed about by the waves. Besides these bone beds many skulls and skeletons were deposited more or less complete. Some of these seem to have been washed upon a beach or mud-flat and after the lower ^alf was covered with sediment the exposed portion was torn away by some carnivore leaving only half of the skeleton to be preserved. In otlier cases the animals were mired or the carcases were washed into quick- sand or on to mud-flats where the car- nivora could not reach them. One skel- eton collected shows t]ie remains of rushes which grew among the undisturbed bones and even the skin impression is preserved. It is very common to find skeletons mingled with the remains of vegetation such aisi ruslhes, moss, leaves and branches of trees. The animals which spent most of their time in t^e water are better known than those which habitually lived on land, because after death their bodies often floated into some lake or bayou beyond the reacih of the camivora and were buried intact. Kinds of Canadian Dinosaurs. — Of the dinosaurs that have left t^eir bones entombed in the Belly River_ and Edmon- ton formations along Red Deer river, Alberta, the best known are divided into four families. The most common is that of the duckbilled dinosaurs or Hadro- sauridae. Of this family nine genera have been coDected from Alberta, eight of whiclh have not been found in ot^er deposits. Next in number comes the fam- ily of horned dinosaurs or Ceratopsia of which two genera have been described from the Edmonton and five from the Belly River formations. None of these are known from any other age. The armored dinosaurs or Ankylomuridae are not; as well known as the above-mentioned families. Tji;ie carnivorous dinosaurs be- long to a different sub-order. Tlhey do not possess a predentary (a bone situated in front of the dentary or lower jaw) as do the above-mentioned families. None of the very large or very (small dino- saurs have been found in these deposits. They have been found only in older deposits than those represented on the Red Deer river. The duck-billed dinosaurs were heavy- boned creatures w^idh ranged up to forty feet in length. The legs were of unequal size, the hind pair being the larger. The fore-feet had four toes and the hind ones three. The terminal phalanges; of tihe toes of i]ne hind feet and part of those of the front feet bore hoofs. All four feet were webbed. The tail, which comprised about half the length of the animal, was high and narrow, making a powerful swimming organ. The integ- ument was made up of small scales, (non- imbricating and polygonal) wlhich were little thicker than the scales of a snake. At certain intervals there were areas of larger scales or raised bosses whiclh varied in shape and arrangement in different species. It is probable tliat wit/i this var- ied &kin pattern there was a varied color pattern whic^ may have been quite orna- mental. The thin skin and absence of any means of defence, coupled with the web- bed feet and swimming tail, seem to prove beyond a doubt that tjhese dino- saurs spent most of their time in the water or at least took to the water for protection from their enemies. The pre- maxillae and predentaries were expanded and incased in a horny sheath similar 64 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. A' XXXV to the bill of a duck, ihenee the name '' duck-billed". These dijiosaurs were purely herbivor- oxm as shown by their teeth. The teeth were arranged in a magazine in vertical as well as horizontal row^s. There were more than twelve hundred teeth in the four jaws but only about one in five of these was in use at a time, as there w^ere five or more teet,h in each vertical row. As the teeth became worn they were pushed out and replaced by new ones which w^ere ever forming at the base of the magazine. In this respect they differ from the mammals which have only two sets of teet^L The cutting surface of the teeth was on the • inside in the calse of the upper jaw and on the outside in the lower jaw. The lower jaws passed within the upper jaws and the teeth worked like a pair of shears in cutting the soft vegetation after it had been nipped off witjh the expanded beak. The duck-billed dinosaurs ranged over much of North America during late Cretaceous times. The horned dinosaurs were quadru- pedal land animals with short massive limbs. There were five toes on each front foot and four functional and one vestigial toe on eadhi hind foot. In gen- eral build of the lim.bs a ad feet they somewhat resembled the rjvinoceros. These animals had the largest heads of any land animal kiiovah In the case of one {Chasmosaums 'belli Lambe) the slmll covered half the lengtlh from the snout to the drop of t^ie tail, measuring five and one half feet. Triceratops skulls, (from a more recent formation) have been recorded up to nine feet in length. These huge skulls were solidly constructed and were surmounted by three horns one over each eye and one over the nose. In some cases the nasal horn was greatly developed at the expense of the supra- orbital horns, while in other genera the reverse was true. The back of the skull was developed into a large crest or shield which extended over tihe neck and shoul- ders. T^his crest helped to give the skull its huge proportions and with the horns must have been a formidable meaas of defence. The snout w^as developed into a sharp cutting beak incaisied in a horny sheath, similar to that of a parrot but. many times as large. This beak was probably u'sed for cutiting off the vege- tation on whic^i the animal fed._ The horned dinosaurs had the distinction of being the only reptiles which had double rooted teettlh. The teeth were arranged in magazines somewhat similar to the teeth of the duck-billed dinosaurs, bul few'er in number. They show liliat the animal was herbivorous in habit. The tail was shorter and more nearly roun Dr. Wm. Converse Kendall, (U. S. F. Com., Vol. XXII, 1902, pp. 357-8). 68 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV. CANADIAN- SPHAERIIDAE. By the Hon. Mr. Justice Latchford. [Continued f.om Vol. XXXIY.. p. 71.) 21. MUSCULIUM SECITRIS.Prime. This species resembles i.nncaium in the abrcipt- ness of the posterioi- maryiii, but is a smaller shell. Its anterior margin is shorter and more rounaed, and tiie lines of growth are deeper and more distinct. T^ie valves are thicker, less glossy, and paler within and without. It occurs on a muddy bot- tom in St. Louis Dam, inside the viaduct, and probably outside it; and in the [)ond north of the electric railway station at Britannia Highlands. 22. MUSCULIUM WINKLEYI Sterki. The ponds east and west of Britannia formed by the Ottawa at high water and several of the small streams in Nepean i>ro- duce this pretty little shell in considerable numbers. It was described in the Naiiti- lus (XXIII, 66) from specimens found by the Rev. H. W; Winkley near his home at Danvers, Mass., and at Old Orchard, Me. From this indefatigable collector and stu- dent of the Sphaeriidae I received from time to time during many years delightful letters and fine sets of rare or newly des- cribed species. Winkleyi resembles securis. The first specimens from the vicinity of Ottawa sent to Dr. Sterki were thought to be a variety of that species and were mark- ed M. secuns cardissum. It is, however, as the description states, higher than secK- ris with more rounded outlines, the hinge margin is more curled, and the difference of size and shax)e between the anterior and posterior parts is less marked ; in securis the posterior part is more truncate and less obliquely so to the dorso-ventral line. 23. MUSCULIUM PARVUM Sterki. In the same number of the Nautilus (p. 67). Dr. Sterki distinguished and described an- other shell usually confused with securis. The types w^ere from Ohio, but the species has a wide distribution. It is not uncom- mon in the Britannia ponds, but has not been found elsewhere near Ottawa. It is smaller than securis, the superior margin is less curved, the posterior more rounded and more oblique; the surface shining, the shell colourless, the siphons are said to be much shorter, connected, and colourless, while in securis they are yellow to orange, or salmon, or reddish. The Britannia shells correspond in size Avitli the average measurements of the ty])es : long. 4.7, alt. J-. diam. 2.8 mm. 24. MUSCULIUM PARTUMEITTM Say. In Heron's list of Ottawa MoUusca (Trans. 0. F. N. C., 1. 40) this shell is included with a (?). The indentification was prob- ably correct as the species is not uncom- mon in many small ponds south of the city, near where - Heron lived. , When mature it exceeds truncatum in size, is brighter in color, more inflated and with higher beaks. It is not as large as jayeii- se, nor so pinched in before and behind the hinge. From our rosaceum it differs in the greater projection of the beaks, and in being moi-e distinctly yellow in color. This species has a very extensive range east of the Rocky Mountains, and what is now considered to be a variety of it — M. variable Prime — occurs as far south as Florida. In Canada the shell has been found in Manitoba and at several places ill Central Ontario. I have fine specimens from Hamilton collected by Mr. A. W. Hanham, and several from Humber Bay, Toronto. 25. MUSCULIUM JAYENSE Prime. This shell, while not as large as transver- sum, is much more beautiful, and is more characteristic of the genus. It is of a brighter color, shorter, higher, more in- flated and more pinched in before and be- hind the hinge, giving the central area of the sliell, as will be noticed in the figure. Fig. 5. — M. jayense 1'/2 a boldly triangular contour. The species has a wide distribution over the middle West and extends into Michigan, but does April 1921. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 69 not, as far as I am aware, appear recorded from the State of New York. Lake Constance is the only locality near Ottawa or in Ontario in which jayense has been found. It occurs sparingly in two to three feet of water on a muddy bottom at the boat landing on the Vahey farm, near Armitage station. No other musculium was collected in' the lake, •though several doubtless occur. A large rough form of Anodonta cataracta abounds, and a beau- tiful variety of Lymnaea emarginata. 26. MUSCULIUM ROSACEUM Prime. Shells of unusual size and beauty found many years ago in the bay at the east end of the pond below the outlet of Meach Lake were considered by Tyron to belong to this species. Unfortunately but few speci- mens were collected, and the best of these were distributed to correspondents. Re- fuse from a saw mill destroyed the locality as a habitat for delicate molluscs, and I have been unable to visit the north side of Meach Lake, where a warm muddy bay would probably furnish the shell. In the pond on the former Cowley farm in Nepean, about two hundred yards south of the electric railway, and near the boundary of the Ottawa Land Company's property, I collected in 1913 a quantity of a large musculium which Dr. Sterki re- gards as rosaceum. I have visited the pond nearly every year since but have not suc- ceeded in again finding this shell. Other species persist in surviving the total dry- ing up of the pond in hot summers ; but this seems to have become quite extinct. None of the shells found either in the ^ Laurentides or Nepean has a tint that would justify the specific name applied by Prime. It may be that the soft parts are sometime rosy in color as is the case fre- quently in Planorhis antrorsus; but I have not noticed that peculiarity in any shells attributed to rosaceum. Dr. Sterki states that this species has been found from Maine to Virginia, and in Ohio and Illinois as well as in Ontario. 27. MUSCULIUM ROSACEUM FULI- GINOSUM Sterki. A smaller and dif- ferently colored shell, but with similar out- lines, occurs at the bridge on the Tavistock Road, Britannia Highlands, and a mile or so westward in Honeywell Creek, where it crosses the John Road. It is the only mus- culium I have found in either locality. While inclined to regard it as entitled to specific rank, I yield to the vastly superior experience and discrimination of Dr. Ster- ki, and append his description from his Preliminary Catalogue of North American Sphacriidae (Ann. Carng. Mus. X, 448.) 21. Musculium rosaceum fuliginosum. var. nov. Mussel small, rather short, subequipar- tite, moderately inflated, somewhat ''pinched" along the margins; beaks near- ly in the middle, narrow, somewhat pro- minent, calyculate; superioi- margin an- gular at the beaks, its anterior and pos- terior parts straight or nearly so, equally sloping; supero-anterior and posterior slopes, or truncations, well mai-ked, nearly straight, the posterior longer and steeper nearly at right angle with the longitudinal axis, anterior and posterior ends rounded ; inferior margin moderately curved; sur- face shining and with a silky gloss derived from very narrow, membranous, scaly pro- jections of the periostracum on the fine concentric striae; shell very thin, glassy transparent, with a marked grayish or .«;mok.y hue. The largest specimen measures ; long. 7 ; . alt. 6; diam. 3.8 mm. The mussel is striking in appearance and at first sight seems to be distinct, espe- cially since all specimens are remarkably uniform, but young and adolescent indi- viduals reveal features of other forms of M. rosaceum. Hahitat. Scott Graham Creek, Carleton County, Ontario, collected by Mr. Justice Latchford, 1911 and 1913. Specimens are contained in his collection and in the Car- negie Museum, Nos. 6,945 and 7,431. Justice Latchford writes in November. 1913: "No. 2925 is quite common. I have visited the creek at all seasons and never found any larger shells than those which I send; I therefore regard them — the largei' ones — as full-grown." 28. MUSCULIUM DECLIVE Sterki. In Lake Gorman and in its outlet Bren- nan's Creek, near Brudenell, in Renfrew, was found a pretty little musculium which Dr. Sterki described as new (Nautilus. XXV, 103). It is about the size of securis and of a delicate yellow colour. Although exceedingly frail, like the shell on the Breton strand so beautifully described by Tennyson, it is capable of withstanding the waves and strong currents that so 70 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV. often prevail over the sandy and gravelly floors of the lake and its outlet. Dr. Sterki's description has, I think, been republished in the Ottawa Naturalist and need not be repeated. The shell has also been reported from Miehigan. 29. MUSCULIUM COLUMBIANUM Sterki. In a mixed lot of shells sent me by the Rev. Geo. W. Taylor marked "Quamil- eham, V.I." was a musculium which Dr. Sterki has described as new. I append his description from the Nautilus, XXVI, 117. "M. colnmhiauum, n. sp. — Mussel of medium size, strongly inflated, outlines (along the valve edges) oval to elliptic Avithout any angles, beaks somewhat behind the middle, large, prominent, rounded or slightly flattened on top, or even ealycu- late : surface more or less uneven from lines of growth, somewhat shining, with fine ir- regular striae, color light corneous to yel- lowish often in alternating zones, shell thin subtranslucent ; hinge rather slight, car- dinal teeth small, the right curved with the posterior and thicker, left anterior with apex pointed, posterior quite short; liga- ment and resilium rather short and slight. . Long. 4.2, alt. 3.6, diam. 3 mm. (100: 86:71). Long. 3.3, alt. 2.6, diam. 23 mm. (100: 79: 70). HaT). British Columbia, apparently widely distributed, and common, and rather variable with respect to size and shape (no doubt also in Washington, etc.) ; vicinity of Esquimalt, collected by Mr. Taylor over twenty years ago, sent by Justice F. R. Latchford, No. 6362. Co- types with the lot in Mr. Latchford 's col- lection. Lots simply marked "B, C", at least some of them from that vicinity, are in various collections; Chilliwack Creek and Lake, B. C, collected by a member of the Canada Geol. Surv. Staff, sent by Mr. Whiteaves; a marsh, Duncans, B. C, re- ceived from A. W. Hanham. The first specimens were received in 1895, and the species has been regarded as distinct ever since. 30. MUSCULIUM RAYMONDI, J. G. Cooper. The late Dr. John Macoun sent me specimens of this shell from British Colum- Ina, not stating the locality. The shell has probably a wicle distribution in that prov- ince as it undoubtedly has southward in Washington, Oregon, and California. It resembles securis but with the posterior part of the mussel markedly higher than the anterior. 31. MUSCULIUM LENTICULA Gould. This shell is mentioned by Dr. Dall as oc- curring in British Columbia (Harr. Alas- ka Exp., XII, 140), and on his authority I give it a place in the Canadian list. The only specimens I have seen are from Cali- fornia. 32. MUSCULIUM LACUSTRE Muller. Dr. Sterki (Ann. Carng. Mus., X, 442) gives the habitat of this species as Palear- . tic and Neartic Regions, Indiana, Ontario (and probablj^ northward), California and Washington." He thinks that some of the shells considered by Dr. Dall to be lenti- cula may belong to this species. There are several lots of musculia in my collection of doubtful identity. One from the small pond southwest of the intersec- tion of the Rideau Canal and the Chaudi- ere brancli of the Canadian Pacific Rail- way may be undescribed. Two others from Vancouver Island, Nos. 2364 and 2365 (b), are said by Dr. Sterki to appear not to be- long to any described species. In the continuation of this paper I shall with the remaining genus, deal brieflv Pisidium — very largely represented m Canada in both individuals and species. A BABY PORCUPINE. By Charles MacnamarA;, Arnprior, Ontario. It was early in May on the shores of that expanse of the Ottawa known as Lac des Chats. The Ornithologist j^iad disap- peared into the thicket, following an un- known and elusive bird voice — goodness knows it must have been a rara avis when the Ornithologist did not know it — and 1 was left searching a pine stump for certain minute insects. After a while I began to wonder when he was coming back, for he was carrying the lunch in his rucksack, and breakfast seemed to /lave happened a long time ago. Suddenly he hurried a- ,^ round a turn in the log-road, and, a little,''^ (Z \^) April, 1921. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 71 out of breath, he said: "I shouted for you but couldn't make you hear. I saw a fine big porcupine back there, and it climb- ed only about four feet up a tree. You can easily get a great photograph of it.'" "Back there" proved to be a low rocky ridge thickly grown with cedars and bal- sams. It was only about three minutes quick walk from the pine stump, but when we arrived with t^ie camera ready set, the big porcupine had utterly vanished, and careful searching of the surroundings yield- ed no result — at least in hig porcupines. For just as we were giving up the quest, the Ornithologist caught sight of a small jet-black creature trying to hide under a cedar root. It was a baby porcupine about the size of a half grown cat. No doubt the large porcupine was his mother, but ma- ternal instinct had failed in t^is case and she had deserted ;ier offspring. The long grey-tipped hair of the adult had not grown on him yet, and he looked very black in his short under-coat. Porcupines are remark- ably large when they come into the world, and although this one seemed well started ill life, l\e. was probably very young. Nev- ertheless he bristled his spines and slapped at us with his tail like the oldest and surliest of his race. As a rule I am opposed to keeping Avild animals in captivity, but I thought if I could feed this little fellow at home for a sliort time, I might learn something inter- esting about porcupine ways, and later I could set him free again. So while the Ornitholc^ist jiiurriedly emptied our prec- ious lunch out of the rucksack, I tried to Idop my handkerchief around the porcu- pine so as to work him out from beneath the root, for I knew what would happen to me if I touched him with bare hands. But it could not be managed that way ; t^iere was nothing for it but bare hands after all, and they looked like well furnish- ed pincushions by the time he was hustled into the bag. His spines were only about one qiuirter the length of those of the full grown animal, but they were twice as sharp. I pulled them out, one by one, with my teeth, and eac;i of them left a drop of blood after it. Then I picked up my liandkerchief and wiped my fevered * hrow. and it good stout spine stuck firmly in the end of my nose. I began to under- stand how the story started that porcu- pines can shoot their quills at an enemy. Except for an occasional puppy-like whine, he lay quiet in the bag all the way home. T/iere I fitted up a roomy box for him with a bed of fresh cedar branches, and a partition behind which, if he wished, he could retire from the garish day. And I furnished a provision of lettuce leaves, pieces of apple and a saucer of milk. But it was plain next morning that ,he had eaten nothing. Tlien when cabbage leaves and succulent willow and poplar twigs failed to attract him, I concluded that he was too young to take solid nourishment, and I tried to draw his attention to the immense advantages of milk as a food. But all my friendly advances were sullenly rejected. He put down his head and bristled his back, and looked at me with a (lull l)ut rancorous ej^e. ^bout all you can do to tame a porcu- pine is to speak kindly to him. You can- not try to win ;iis confidence by scratching his head or stroking him soothingly down the back. Evidently firmer measures than well-meaning words were needed here. From former experience I knew that even large porcupines can be handled safely, if unsympathetically, with a pair of heavy leather mitts; and it was with this equip- ment tjiat I made the little fellow immerse Jiis nose in the milk, hoping that he would begin to lap it ; but he wouldn 't. Then I dipped my fingers in the milk and rub- bed them over his lips. He registered his objection to this treatment by a squeal, but he made no attempt to bite. Porcu- pines never do bite in anger; their quills are their sole defence. Next I tried to feed jhim from a bottle, but neither the mouthpiece improvised from the rubber bulb of a pen-filler, nor what the drug clerk assured me was the best make of anti-colic feeder for human infants, met with his approval, and he whined and kicked and left dozens of quills stuck in my mitts. He had gone on a determined hunger-strike, and all my efforts ended in getting no more than a teaspoonful of milk down his throat, and t^tiat only with much trouble and disturbance. However, Ihis fasting seemed to have done him no harm, 72 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV. and between attempted feedings he climbed around his box briskly enough for a por- cupine. But his occasional fits of crying were distressing. At last on the third day of his captiv- ity I thought of a friendly correspondent, Mr. Linwood Flint of Nortji Waterford, Maine, who is probalily more intimate with porcupines than anyone else in the world, as he rears them for sale on a ''Porcupine Farm". A query addressed to him by telegram as to what to do with a baby porcupine that wouldn't eat any- thing brought the promj^t but disappoint- ing reply, that it was impossible to rear a young porcupine away from its mot.her. This dashed my hopes of porcupine study, and my only care now was to get the little creature back to his mother as soon as possible. For the last time I got my mitts full of quills while putting him into the rucksack, and just at nightfall I reached the rocky ridge where I i.iad found him. The long walk was lightened by hearing on the way the meditative notes of the first hermit thrush of the season, and a red deer was startled from the path and leap- ed exquisitely over a log into tjie bushes. As I emptied the little creature out of the bag I had an absurd feeling of basely abandoning an infant in the wilds. But this was home to him, and as he moved off deliberately into the darkling cedars, his final leave taking was an angry flip of his spiked tail. I did not blame him; he had no reason to feel grateful to me. T/iat niglit, when going to bed, as I was walking around my room in bare feet a sudden sharp pain took me in the toe. Jt was a last physical reminder of the little porcu- pine— a slender needle-sliarp s])ine driven into my flesh. Next day I visited again the place where I had left him, and searched t/ioroughly all around the spot, but discovered no trace of liim. So I have no doubt that his mother, who I am sure lives somewhere in the neighboring rocks, heard his plaints in tlie night and came to ;iim. And I like to think that when I M^as looking for him that afternoon he was safe in a nearby rock crevice, with a full stomach, fast asleep. NOTES ON CANADIAN ENTOMOSTRACA. By a. Brooker Klugh, M. A., Queen's University, Kingston. The fresh-water Entomostraca have up to the present received very little attention in Canada. The only Ontario records, so far as I know, are those of Dr. G. 0. Sars, who reports on 16 species, collected at Go- Home Bay, Muskoka, in 1907, by Dr. E. M. Walker, in "Contributions to Canadian Biology, 1911-14, Fasc. 2", and of Prof. Acheson, who in "Proc. Can. Inst., Ser. 3, Vol. 1" lists Daphnia PiUexf and Cyclops qHadricornis as occurring in Toronto tap- water. With regard to these last records, it is possible that Daphnia pulexf was real- \j that species, but it is more likely to have been one of the D. Longispina group, which are inhabitants of open water, while Cyclops quadricornis is a name which was at one time used for what are now regard- ed as several distinct species. These minute crustaceans are of great economic importance, because a great many of our fresh-water food and game fis.hes, during their young stages, feed to a very large extent on Cladocerans and Copepods, while these same Entomostraca constitute the chief food-supply of tlie smaller spe- cies of fresh-water fishes, which in turn are preyed upon by many of the larger fishes. The Entomostraca are thus one of the chief links in tjie chain of food-rela- tions which leads from the fresh-water al- gae to the commercial and game fishes of our inland waters. in regard to distribution the different species of Entomostraca differ markedly, some, as Chydorus sphaericus, being prac- tically cosmopolitan, while others are ap- parently extremely local. The following records, obtained in 1920, are presented as a preliminary list of Can- adian Entomostraca, to which I hope to add from time to time as my investigations on t^iis ground continue. April, 1921. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 3 Order Cladocera. DiaphcDiosoma leuchtenbergianum. Pis- clier. Frequent in planeton at 1 metre in Lake Missanag, Frontenac County, Out., Aug. 30. Holopedium gihherum. Zaddaeh. Scarce in surface planeton, Lake of Bays, Musko- ka, Ont., Aug\ 24. Daphnia pnlex de Geer. Well water, Guelp'h, Ont. "Well water, Harrowsmith, Ont. Pool in woods, Avlmer, Ont. ; col- lected by H. C. White. Daphnia longispina hyalina, Ley dig. Common in surface planeton, Lake of Bays, Muskoka, Ont., Aug. 24. Abundant in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont., Nov. 5. Daphnia longispina hyalina mendotae, Birge. Common in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont. Nov. 5. Simocephalns vefulus, 0. F. Miller, Common among decaying vegetation at the bottom of a shallow c/iannel in a marsh on the Cataraqui River, Ont. Ceriodaphniu megalops, Sars. Scarce in the same habitat as the preceding. Bosmina longirostris, 0. F. Miiller. Com- mon in surface planeton, Lake of I>ays, Aug. 24. Common in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont. Bosmina longispina, Leydig. Common in planeton at 1 metre. Lake Missanag, Ont., Aug. 30. Alona guttata, Sars. Scarce in surface planeton in s'hallow channel in a marsh on the Cataraqui River, Ont., Nov. 5. Chydoius sphae)icus, O. F. Muller, ( 'ommon in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont., Nov. 5. Polyphemus pediodus, Linn. Fre- quent in planeton at 1 metre. Lake Missa- nag, Ont. moil among acpiatic vegetation at mout.ii of the Cataraqui River, Ont. Common in a marshy pond near Kingston, Ont. Cyclocypris laevis, O. F. Miiller. Com- mon among filamentous algae at the mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont. Cypris dentata, Sharpe. Abundant in a pool near Kingston, Ont.; collected by H. C. White. Cypris testudinaria, Sharpe. Common in a pool in the woods, Avlmer, Ont., May; collected by H. C. White. Order Copepoda. Diaptomus oregonensis, Lilljeborg. Ab- undant in planeton at 1 metre, Lake Mis- sanag, Ont. Common in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Ont. Cyclops hiscupidatus, Claus. Common in surface planeton. Lake of Bays, Ont., Aug. 24. Common in surface planeton, mouth of the Cataraqui River, Out., Nov. 5. Common in surface planeton, Lake On- tario, Dec. 15. Cyclops viridis brevispinosus, Herrick. Common in planeton at 1 metre. Lake Missanag. Aug. 30. Cyclops fimbriatus, Fischer. Scarce in channel in inars^i at mouth of Cataraqui River, Ont. Canthocaniptus minutus, Claus. Scarce in surface planeton. Lake Ontario at King- ston, Dee. 15. N. B. — Since the above was written, copies of Parts H and J of Vol. 7 Report of the Canadian Arctic Expedition con- taining records of Arctic Cladocera by Dr. Juday and Copepoda by Dr. Marsh have come to hand.^ Order Ostracoda. Cypridopsis vidua, 0. F. Miiller. Com- 1 Dr. Robert Chambers in Biological Bulle- tin, Vol. 22, p. 293, mentions the" occurrence of Cyclops parens and C. Americanus at To- ronto. The Euphyllopoda and jiarasitic Cope- poda have not been considered. — Ed. 74 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV. A BOTANICAL TRIP THROUGH GERMAN SOUTH-WEST AFRICA. By W. p. Thompson. In 1912 the M^'iter visited the former German colony in south-west Africa chief- ly in order to secure material of Tumdoa (Welwitschia) mirahilis, mirabilis both from the morphological and physiological standpoints. It was necessary to make a trip across a very extreme desert whose scanty flora exhibits remarkable xero- phytic adaptations. The conquering of this colony by the late General Botha and General Smuts and the future probable re- lationship of IJie territory to the British Empire under a mandatory held by the Union of Sout,h Africa may lend a special interest to the following notes on that trip. Landing at Swakopmund on the west coast, one is in a region in which, accord- ing to the official German records, the rainfall averages about one inch a year, though many years may pass with no pre- cipitation. At the time of my visit the natives could not remember when t^ie last rain had fallen but were sure that when- ever it was it had been only a sprinkle. As one proceeds eastward the rainfall in- creases slightly but at no place amounts to more than ten inches annually. Ap- parently in all this portion of the conti- nent the rainbearing winds cross Africa from the Indian Ocean losing their mois- ture on the way. The natives stated that tjcie sprinkles always came from the east. In the British territories across to the east coast the rainfall is much heavier. This distribution of moisture available for the vegetation is modified in a remark- able way by the fact that several old dry river beds cross the colony from east to west. Apparently the climate was for- merly much moister than at present. Oc- casionally heavy rains in the British ter- ritories to tjbe east eause tihe water to flow down these old river beds. Sometimes the flood nearly reaches the sea before being absorbed. For long afterwards these val- leys support a vegetation different from that of the surrounding desert. They are then long band-like oases. For many miles from Swakoj^mund, out- side the dry bed of the Swakop, one can find only three species of plants and very few specimens of them (a Zigophyllum, a 3Iesemhryanthemn'm and an Arthaerua) . They look like ]iaycocks on an immense field of sand. In addition to the lack of moisture these plants have to contend with the continually wind-driven sand. AH day long the presence of the fine particles of sand in the air makes the horizon as highly colored as one of our sunsets. The sand lodges against the plants and tends to sub- merge them while t,he plants strive to sur- mount the rising sand. In this way high dunes are built up round a single plant. Usually the plant is beaten in the strug- gle with the sand which later blows away and leaves the dead plant exposed. The only other vegetation of this strip near the sea consists of numerous orange-colored lic/iens on the desert rocks. These appear to derive their moisture from the heavy dews, so (heavy that on many mornings they drip off the roofs of the houses in Swakopmund. In fact it is difficult to see how even the flowering plants can sur- vive iiidess they utilize these dews. As we went inland by broad-wheeled carts following the route from Swakop- mund to Windhuk (the capital) later fol- lowed by General Bot;ia, we found new plants making their appearance as increas- ing moisture enabled them to survive. Af- ter a time we met outlying specimens of the famous "good Karoo bush" (Augea) on wihich the still more famous sheep of the South African farmer largely subsist. At fifty miles from the coast we found Tumhoa, the chief object of the trip. This remarkable plant is like a huge turnip bearing throug^iout its life only two leaves which soon become torn to nar- row shreds by the wind. In adult speci- mens the body is five or six feet in diam- eter and the- leaves stretch for twenty feet across the desert sand. As the plants may be more than one hundred years old the length of life of its two leaves far exceeds that of any other knowTi leaves. The centre of tjie turnip rots away leaving a narrow atoll-like rim of stem above the sand. Tumhoa is a member of the order Gnetales, the highest of the Gymnosperms which show in nearly every structure ap- April, 1921. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 75 parent transitions to Angiosperms. ' It During the w;iole trip only one species bears cones like gymnosperms but in tlie of our great rose family was seen, only axil of each scale is a flower of Angio- three crucifers and only three members spemiic structure. Its distribution is no of the buttercup family (all Clematis). less remarkable than its morphology. In On the other hand, families poorly repre- this locality it is found in an^ area of only sented here but relatively abundant there a few square miles. This and another are the Asclepiadaceae, Tiliaceae (chiefly similar locality further nort^ are the only shrubby Grewias), Gerauiaceae, Aizoaceae, places in the world where it is found. Zygophyllaeeae and Anacardiaceae, Fam- Tumboa's neighbors have adopted var- ilies with many representatives in both ied methods of contending with the places are Liliaceae, Leguminosae and Corn- drought. The Naras, Acanthosicyos hoi'- positae. rida (Cucurbitaceae), has completely dis- The old river beds constitute an inter- carded its leaves and consists simply of a esting variation from the desert waste, mass of green, hard, extremely sjiarp Their periodic flooding from the interior pointed thorns sprawling over the sand, enables a richer though still sparse vegeta- ns roots go down to subterranean water tion to survive. An occasional gardener and may be fifteen meters long. The Ge- takes advantage of this moisture to raise raniaceous Sarcocaulon has completely wa- a few vegetables which are sold at fabulous terproof ed itself in a coat of hard wax prices to the town dwellers. A number of which may be ten millimeters thick. The large wells as big as a house are dug in coat remains as a hollow shell long after the dry river bottom. Into these a little the plant has died and rotted away. The water soaks during the night and is pump- wax burns readily and the pkmt is there- ed out next day on to the small garden, fore called Hottentot candle. Several spe- After a time t^ie wells go completely, dry eies jiave imitated the succulent cactus and the gardener moves a half-mile along though belonging to veiy different fam- the river and digs a new set. Sometimes ilies. Several members of the milkweed several moves are made between floodings. family have become switch plants. Strang- In these river bottoms the vegetation est of all perhaps in this climate is the consists chiefly of scattered shrubs and ice-plant (Mesembryanthemum) with its trees. There are the date palm, a fig, large soft leaves completely covered by several thorny acacias, the tamarisk and droplets of cool liquM. To expose its wa- an ebony. One of the most successful ter in this way when the supply is so plants in this habitat is a tobacco (Nico- extremely scanty seems to be about the tiana glauca) whic^ reaches the size of a worst thing the plant could do. small tree. It was introduced by the early A fact whie^i soon strikes the botanist missionaries, is that in spite of strong resemblances in Farther inland the increased moisture external features to the plants of Amer- supports a somewhat richer vegetation. In ican deserts these belong to very different places the vegetation is of a type which families. For example, cue sees many cac- rapidly bursts into flower after a rain and tus-like plants but no cacti. A large pro- then dries up until the next rain. In few portion of the flora consists of members places is the ground completely covered, of the milkweed family which are there the plants being in scattered clumps and switch-plants. Families which the North consisting chiefly of grasses. The German American botanist has never seen there Government had encouraged in every pos- simulate our own xerophytes to a remark- sible way the agricultural development of able degree. So strong is t/ie resemblance t^he colony, but even the best parts of the in many cases that one can scarcely believe country are unsuited to anything but ran- that the flowers, showing the true botani- ching. The few ranchers wiho had been cal relationship, really belong to the plants induced to settle in the eastern portion on which they are found. We have here were making a precarious livelihood at the a good illustration of entirely unrelated beginning of the war. A few municipal- plants acquiring the same characteristics ities in Canada are worth more agi'icultur- nnder similar conditions. ally than the whole territory. 76 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV. SWARTH ON THE FOX SPARROW. By p. a. Taverner. Tliis jnonograph on the Fox Sparrows is an excellent example of the species-splitter at his best, and worst. That sixteen sub- species are recognized is testimony to the fineness of the splitting, but the use made of these fragments goes a long way to justify the process. Too often systematists have assumed, when they have divided their species into as many fractional parts as possible, that their responsibility was end- ed, whereas they have only just laid out their tools for serious scientific effort. Mr. Swarth realizes that splitting is a means to an end and not an end in itself, and has developed his subject with a grasp and ap- preciation of the problems involved that is all too rare in revisions of this kind. The first 29 pages are taken up by an introduction and chapters on Materials and Methods of Treatment, History, Varia- tion in Passer ella iliaca and Distribution and Migration that are models of their kinds. The remainder is composed of systematic treatment, description and dis- cussion of the races considered, a list of all the material examined and a beautifully drawn and colored plate from the brush of (mr countryman Major Allan Brooks illus- trating the extremes of two subspecific groups. The species is remarkably homogeneous over most of the continent but breaks \\\> into many races within and west of the Rocky Mountains. These races are dis- cussed, their relationships pointed out. they are traced from their summer to their winter habitat, and many interesting prob- lems regarding them are suggested. An interesting conclusion is derived fr(^m the movements and distribution of the British (^olumbia and Alaska coastal forms. Those that summer farthest north winter the farthest south. The more southern breeders winter more northerly, and so on progressiveh' to the Vancouver Island vicinit}' birds which are practically station- ary throughout the year. Another important point brought out is that the birds breeding in the most humid climates are not the darkest or the largest of the species. Unalaschensis, summering in the extremely moist Alaskan Peninsula, does not reach the extreme development of size or depth of color that is attained by fuliginosa, resident on the comparativeh' dry Vancouver Island region. This per- plexing fact that would otherwise serious- ly shake one of our most cherished ecolo- gical principles is explained by the fact that t;ie northern race spends its winter in arid southern California, and probably experiences a much lower annual average moisture than does the darker and larger race. It is thus brought forcibly to oui- notice that, in studying the relationship between the bird and its environment, winter ranges and probably migrational routes should also be taken into considera- tion. Some distributional anomalies are point- ed out. Some forms range widely over varied and more or less discontinuous con- ditions unmodified, w^hilst very slight bar- riers have induced specialization in others. Kadiak Island, but slightly isolated from adjoining territory, has its definable sub- species, insularis, yet the Queen Charlot- tes, situated far out to sea and noted for their peculiar forms, have developed no specialization in this species. Mr. Swarth divides the Fox Sparrow, Fasserella iliaca, into sixteen subspecies falling into three groups which for con- venience he calls after their most char- acteristic com])onent members. Thus he gives us :- 1. 9 1. F. 2. P. 3. P. -The Iliaca grouj). P. i. iliaca P. i. altavagans II. — The Unalaschensis group. /. vnalaschensis 4. P. i. annectens i. insularis 5. P. i. town send! i. sinuosa 6. P. i. fnliginosa III. — The Schistacea group. 1. P. 2. P. 3. P 3. P. Of as br first schistacea fulva megarhynchus hrevicauda 5. P. i: 6. P. i. 7. P. i. 8. P. i. canascens monolensis mariposae stephensi these we have nine in Canada either eeders or migrants, including all the two groups and the first of the third. April. 1921. The Canadlvn Field-Naturaust 1 1 Iliaca, cliaracterized by foxy color, ran- ges* all over eastern Canada to the Rocky Mountains and Central Alaska. In the mountains, through altavagans it ap- proaches schistacea, which is characterized by the reduction of red and a great in- crease of slaty color. Altavagans and schistacea occupy most of the interior of British Columbia. The unalaschensis group are large maroon-brown birds occupying the coast, from fuliginosa, resident in the Vancouver Island vicinity, through town- sendi, annectens, siiiuosa and insularis, to unalaschensis of the Alaska Peninsula. In the systematic body of the paper, dealing with the description, salient char- acters and ranges of the forms dealt with, are many illustrative drawings, maps, etc. The whole is admirable in plan and con- struction and clearly presented. It is not until we come to study carefully the draw- ings of some of these distinctions that any doubt is awakened as to tjie expediency of pcL-petuating all these many names. Dis- thictions that seem clear and satisfactory ill print in some cases become very faint in illustration. AVhilst we can be assured that they are the best possible presentation of the case many of them can be felt rather than seen. A small amount of individual variation would swamp some and even the inescapable personality of the draughts- man may be a determining factor. In the excellent colored plate by Allan Brooks hrevicauda and unalaschensis are seen to be so much alike in color that the other- wise excellent three-color process plates have absolutely failed to differentiate them. When it is realized that average characters are regarded as sufficient basis for subspecies making and that the author calls special attention to the number of intermediates in his material one can be pardoned for harboring some mental re- servations. In this connection the reviewer is fort- unate in having access to some of the mat- erial upon which the work is based and that bears the author's determinations. A careful examination of it in comparison with the text does not allay all doubt. Specimens of altavagans, referred by the author to the Iliaca group seem more clo- sely related to schistacea, in plumage bare- ly separable from it. The Unalaschensis group, represented in tlie material by all but insulaiis, shows a gradual gradation from the comparatively small and lighter colored northern unalaschensis to the big, dark fidiginosa of southern British Colum- bia. These gradations are postulated by the writer to occur in marked steps with alternate distributional areas of constancy- and variability. It is neither safe nor just to pass final judgment on the suddenness of these variations without having seen all the material upon which the conclusions are based, but the slightness of the char- acters and the limitations of collecting on a long line of uninhabited coast naturally make one wonder whether the gradation is not a little more gradual than is assumed, and but indicates extended intergradation in Avhich perhaps all characters do not change at an equal rate, and where there are possibly occasional disturbing factors. "Whilst we do not seriously doubt that most if not all of these differences exist, or that Mr. Swarth can see and differentiate them, we admit our inability to do so in some cases and doubt whether any one else without his natural aptitude, amount of material and the obvious concentration he has put upon it can be trusted to identify many of these laboratory varieties. Iden- tification of Pox Sparrows to the Swarth standard thus becomes a one man's work and is practically impossible of verifica- tion or intelligent correction by others. However, fitted in this case that one man may be in keenness of perception, honesty of purpose and balance of judgment we tremble at the results that may arise from the use of these minute subdivisions in the hands of the less experienced or responsible. This is certainly no work for the dilettante, and we question the expediencj^ of present- ing undemonstrable races for the use of the general public. It is notable that when Mr. Swarth came to make a serious study of this species he Avas not content to accept the determina- tions of anyone else, but very properly went to the original material and care- fully worked it all out again to his own satisfaction. And thus it must ever be when serious use is made of subspecific variation in constructive science. Of what use have been the numerous trinominals applied to Fox Sparrows in the many local 78 The Canadian Field-Natuealist. Vol. XXXV. and other published lists? As far as Mr. Swarth was concerned they were no more than specific binomials. In this connec- tion it is interesting to note that the author consistently applies the binomial Passerella iliaca, the Fox Sparrow, to all the sub- species collectively, and differentiates the tyiDe form as the Eastern Fox Sparrow Passerella iliaca iliaca, definitely nam- ing it as a subspecies on a par with the others. All this is in perfect harmony with the views for which the present reviewer has lately b'een severely criticised. There seems much in this paper to justify his stand. It is also to be noted, as showing a nat- ural trend of the present subspecies maker, that the author has found it expedient to use group names for associations of his subspecies ; so we have arrived at the stage of tihe super-subspecies in spirit if not in fact. With an extension of this prin- ciple and more thoroughly developed per- ceptions we are faced witjb the possibility of super-subspecies and sub-subspecies un- til we may be forced to adopt algebraic formulae or chemical symbols for the representation of the more involved re- lationships, an eventuality not without some promise. These groiips as defined by Mr. Swarth are plainly recognizable entities and as such must be taken into consideration as well to systematize a complicated idea as to properly reflect zoological facts. The component partis of these groups are, as said before, less obvious and it is debat- able whether or no it is not sufficient for the general worker to lump tdiem un- der their group associations, leaving the finer determinations to the specializing expert. In this particular case, one so- lution naturally suggests itself. It does not appear that Mr. Swartji with all his material has demonstrated actual intiergradation between these three groups. In fact he remarks that they approach but remain distinct. Might it not be well then to acknowledge the apparent logic of tihe evidence and raise tJiem to the specific status to which they seem en- titled? The evidence is as strong in t]ciis case as for the Oregon Junco, the North- west Crow and others that may be men- tioned, and is strengthened by the fact that the Eastern Fox Sparrow is a par- ticularly constant form, while the western races are highly variable, suggesting a fundamental distinction between them at last. In spite of all tihe above criticism, either stated or implied, Mr. Swarth is to be congratulated on the presentation /le has made of his thesis. The faults, so judged by tlie reviewer, are those of prevailing practice, the virtues are all his own. The necessity of studying even the finest variations is not questioned, the necessity of dignifying all of them with formal names and thus exalting their im- portance to a par with those of demons- trable status is doubted. The question is one of expediency rather than of fact. However this may be, the thorougJ:iness which is evidenced throughout, the care that has been taken to provide the widest basis of material, the keenness with which the author has analyzed his pjienomena and the clarity with which he has stated them and his, conclusions makes this one of the noteworthy specific revisions. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Bird Banding. The work of bird banding", from which so much may be learned concerning t^e life history of birds, has been taken over from the Societies wihich were carrying on this work by the U. S. Biological Survey. All success is wished the Sur- vey in this line of endeavour. The following article is printed at the request of the Biological Survey, to ac- quaint the public of Canada wth this work. Checking up the Migration of BifeDS. "T/he desire to learn what became of birds that flew South with the approach of cold weather led Audubon — the great American naturalist — to place silver threads about the legs of a brood of phoebes. The following spring he was rewarded by having two of the birds re- Apni, 1H21. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 79 turn to nest near the haunts where they h^arned to fly. "This occurred early in t;ie nineteenth century, and was tihe first known case in America of bird banding. Since that time this means of securing- information on the movenuMits and life history of migratory bird>s has been used by many societies, and every fall thousands of birds fly south bearing a narrow ring, stamped witli a iuim])er, about one of its legs. "So valuable is this work, especially with game and insectivorous species of birds, that in 1920 tlie United States De- partment of Agriculture took over the experiments being conducted l)y the Am- erican Bird Banding A.ssociation, the so- ciety's work having outgrown its avail- able resources. Since it is the returns from bird banding that furnisih the data (lesiretl in tliis branch of research, it is of prime importance that the methods em})loyed be improved and that the per- centage of birds under observation be increased. To assist co-operators in this work, the department lias published De- pcU'tment Circular 170, Instructions for r>ird Banding, which is just availal)le for (li.-;trit)ution. •'It i^, the plan of the Biological Sur- vey of t;he department, which is super- \ ising the bird-banding work, to advance this method of research along two prin- cipal lines: first, the banding of fledg- lings as formerly practiced; and second, the systematic trapping and banding of adult' birds. As the banding of fledglings ihas the advantage of affording valuable niformation on t/ie ages of birds, the survey wishes to encourage these activ- ities, "but it desires to lay special emphasis on the added value of the systematic trapping of adults. "With the establishment <>f a well- connected chain of trapping stations throughout the United States and Canada, regular 'returns' are confidently expec- ted by department specialists with reports of retrapping birds that had been banded at the original and other stations. Data thus afforded are already indicating the exact lines of migration of individual birds, the speed of travel, and innumer- able items of interest, many of which have a direct bearing upon the study of life histories and the administration of the Migratory Bird Treaty Act with which the Department is charged. "The department issues bands of two types to co-operators in the work. One type is the split ring band for all small birds, aiul the other is the flat strip l)and that is adjustable for all large birds. For general land-bird trapping t;he so- called Government 'sparrow trap' has been found the most satisfactory. The bulletin contains details of construction of this trap. It also discusses other methods of trapping, the operation of traps, handling and releasing birds, and filling out reports. Federal trapping per- mits for this work are reciuired under the Migratory Bird Treaty Act. Appli- cations for permits and requests for the bulletin should be addressed to the Bu- reau of Biological Survey, Department of Agriculture, Washington, D.C." In Canada, applications for permits to carry on this work sihould be made to the ^ Commissioner, Canadian National Parks, Department of the Interior. Ot- tawa. Persons holding federal permits to take birds for scientific purposes re- (piire no other permit. It would be needless duplication for records of band- ing to be kept in the U. S. and Canada, as^the birds do not respect our boundary in their migration; consequently the rec- ords for the continent are beinc kept at Washington. Problems that Can be Solved by Bird Banding. 1. How fast do the individuals of any species travel on their periodic migra- tions; that is, how many miles per day will anv one bird average during these journey's and what is the total time con- sumed in a trip? 2. Does any one flock continue in the van or is the advance made by successive flocks passing one over t)ie other in al- ternate periods of rest and flight? 3. Do individuals of any species always follow the same route, and is it identical for both spring and fall flights? 4. Do migrating birds make the same stop-overs every year to feed? 5. How long do birds remain ui one 80 The Canadian Flelu-Naturalist. Vol. XXXV locality during the migration, the breed- ing, or the winter seasons? 6. What is t^ie relation between the breeding and the wintering grounds of individuals; that is, do those birds that breed farthest north, winter farthest south, t/ius jumping over those that occupy the intermediate zone, or do they merely re- place the latter individuals as winter res- idents? 7. Do birds adopt the same nesting area, nest site, and winter quarters during successive seasons ? 8. For how many broods will one pair remain mated, and which bird, if not both, is attracted next year to the old nesting site ? 9. To what extent do males of a species assist in incubating and brooding? 10. How far from their nests do birds forage for food, and after the young have left the nest, will the parent birds bring tihem to the feeding and trapping sta- tion ? 11. To what regions do the birds go, particularly the young, t^at do not re- turn to the vicinity of their original nests ? 12. How long do birds live? For the solution of these and related problems, it is important that the traps always l>e set on the original site, for birds already have returned to the same traj)s through four or five consecutive seasons. Many ''returns" will, in the course of time, afford answers to the important problems here presented. NiGHTHAWK Nesting in a Peat Bog. — Ou .June -Itii, 1921, we were in pursuit of Lincolns Sparrows, Yellow Palm and Myr- tle Warblers in a large open peat bog located on the south shore of the Gulf of !St. Lawrence. The vegetation was mostly. Labrador tea and vk-h green mosses fully a foot iu depth, with spruces moderately spread out all over the territory. -This is a wonderful country for bog-loving species, - — Lincolns and Swamp Sparrows, Wilsons and Yellow Palm Warblers being actively occupied in domestic duties. The White- tin-oat's whistle, always welcome, could also be heard from all sections of this beautiful bogland. As is sometimes the case tjiie unexpected ha])pens and one receives a pleasant sur- prise. Here and there were scattered patches of sun-baked peat and from one of these a Nighthawk departed rather re- luctantly, disclosing a single egg. The nesting site chosen was slightly off elevated ground and was sheltered from any high winds that migjit occur. There was no attempt at nest building, merel}^ a feather of the female lying alongside the egg. Two days later we found that the Nighthawk had taken exception to a handkerchief tied to the branches of a spruce as a landmark, or perhaps she detected, in this sign of t,he human, evidence of further intrusion. In any event the egg had disappeared and the bird, no doubt, exercised her privilege of retiring to another secluded spot some dis- tance away, as further efforts on our part failed to locate her. W. V. Brown, Westmount, Que. ^mi THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST VOL. XXXV. GARDENVALE, QUE., MAY, 1921 No. 5 OVEKGROWTH OF STUMPS OF CONIFERS. By C. C. Pemberton. Perhaps the most remarkable feature in connection with the subject of the over- growth of stumps of certain conifers is the fact that many botanists /lave never heard of the existence of this phenomenon. This is all the more remarkable as it is a phase of vegetable life which has been observed in different parts of the world for a long time and various authorities have, from time to time, i)ublished references to it. The findings of those who have investi- gated tjiis subject in one country often do not seem to have been known to those in another, later writers being apparently unaware of previous investigations. Evi- dently the references published in the past have attracted little attention and the sub- ject has been speedily forgotten. I have found that many plant physiolo- gists, on learning of the phenomenon, in- cline to the idea that the overgrowth is the result of a mysterious power in the reserve material of the stump which en- ables it to eontiiuie indefinitely to form woody matter without aid of foliage or or- gans of assimilation of any kind. They comment on the fact that broadleaf trees, and even larch, can have their felled stems make a limited amount of callous growth in the spring following t^ie felling. Other physiologists from the first /lave deemed the reserve material explanation utterly inadequate and have considered the con- tinuity of vitality, healings and bulky for- mations of cappings of new wood to be possible only by parasitism — of some sort — with a chlorophyll-pos.sessing host plant. Some years ago. when I took up the study and investigation of the character- istics of the native trees in the environ- ment of Victoria, I found it impossible to discover any authoritative writings on the subject of these stumps, but by degrees I learned that the matter had received at- tention from several writers. Unfortun- ately the full texts of these publications have never been obtainable here, and I have, therefore, been unable to ascertain to what extent investigations have been car- ried. From Mr. A. D. Webster, whom I first met when Jie was Superintendent of Reg- ent "s Park, England, I have learned that the English forester, Grigor, (who died in 1848) had, in his book Arhoricultnre, referred to the power of coniferous trees to eontinue the formation of healings and new wood after the loss of their stems and foliage ; that while this statement had been scoffed at by subseqvient; Frenc^i reviewers of the book, Mr. Webster's father, Mr. John Webster, who had noted the charac- teristic in Larch, Silver Fir, Scotch Fir and Spruce, had b}' production of actual specimens been able to prove that Grigor was correct in his assertions; and that the findings of Mr. John Webster had then been publis^ied in an essay "On the Growth of Roots of Coniferous Trees After being Felled," which appeared in the Transac- iioHs of the Highland Agricultural So- ciety", No. Ill, Fourth Series, 1870-1871. In Elwes and Henry, Trees of Great Britain and Ireland (privately printed, MCMIX) vol. IV, p. 726, I find that men- tion is made of these overgrowths as being the result of root graft, and in a foot-note (No. '■i) reference is given to Mathieu, Flore Forestiere, 529 (1897). W. Dallimore, in his article "Natural Grafting of Branches and Roots", in Kew Bulletin, Nos. 9 and 10 (1917), p. 305, quotes the German authority, Sorauer, {Handhuch der Pflanzenkrankheiten, Ber- lin, 3rd Ed. 1909, Vol. 1, p. 774). From perusal of a translation of a transcript from Sorauer (kindly obtained for me by Mr. G. B. Sudworth, dendrologist, U. S. 82 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. A.), it appears that the German authority refers to a general opinion that the mater- ial contained in the stump prior to felling might be the only source of the new forma- tions, and that they might also be due to root-graft between the stump and a tree possessing its crown; but he instances ab- solutely isolated stumps in which he avers the reserve material would not be suf- ficient'explanation of the bulky forma- tions which take place. He refers, in this connection, to the chlorophyll to be found in the rims of the overgrowth and says there is no reason why this chlorophyll apparatus .should not assimilate as well as the green bark of the trunk. It appears then that European views of the cause of the overgrowth have differed. Wliile the overgrowth is conceded on one hand to be a consequence of root-graft there are authorities who think -it might be initiated by reserve material, and in the case of isolated stumps that the chlorophyll in the rims of the overgrowth might fulfil the functions of foliage. No particulars are given, so far as I can learn, of the steps which were taken to establish that the remote stumps were absolutely isolated. On this continent Prof. Willis Linn Jep- son appears to be the first to publish any Fig. 1: Douglas fir, Pscjdotsuga taxifoMa (Poir.) Britt. Completely capped-over Douglas fir stumps — living posts — the vitality and capping-over being due to root union with foster-tree to the right, ijocality, Admiral's Eoad, Esquimalt district, Vancouver Island. May, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 83 reference to the characteristic of the heal- ing and overgrowth of stumps. In The Trees of California (Cunningham, Curtis and Welch, San Francisco, 1909) p. 33, speaking of the second-growth circles of the Redwood, Prof. Jepson refers to the overgrowth of Douglas Fir stumps and says "the cause of this phenomenon is due, undoubtedly, to natural rootgraf ting. " In the Scieniific American, Vol. CVIII, No. 5, p. 112 (1913), continuity in vitality and healings and overgrowth of stumps of Cuban Pine {Pinus heterophylla) , Long Leaf Pine {Pinus palustris), and of stumps of Douglas Fir, {Pseudotsuga taxifolia) and Redwood {Sequoia gigantea) are spok- en of as being a puzzle to the forester, and the statement is made that it would seem reasonable to conclude that these stumps are parasitic and that their roots are graf- ted to those of neighbouring trees. In the article "Natural Grafting of Con- Fig. 2: Bigtree, Sequoia washingtoniana CWinsl.) Sudworth. Completely capped-over stump of a California Bigtree, from the collection of the IT. S. Forestry, Wash- ington, D. C. PuVjlished by the courtesy of Mr. G. B. Sudworth, Dendrologist, U. S. Forestry, Washington, D. C. 84 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. ifers", Proceedings of the Society of Am- erican Foresters, Vol. XI, No. 4, (October 1916) p. 394, Prof. Harold S. Newins, As- sociate Professor of Forestry, Oregon Agri- cultural College, calls these stumps "Grow- ing Stumps", and refers to the fact that they may be found growing vigorously and yet isolated as far as 20 feet from any growing tree (I have found t)iem 50 feet). He says: "When found so isolated, the common belief has been that they subsist by drawing on a reserve supply of food materials which have been stored within their bodies and roots." He finally says that such "Growing Stumps" are the re- sult of conjunctive symbiosis, which is made possible by their root-graft wit/i a living tree. The two investigators on the Pacific Coast have therefore no hesitation in ascribing the cause of the overgrowth to natural graftage of roots with growing trees of the same species. When, some years ago, I learned that the root-graft theory of the cause of the vital- ity and overgrowtyh of the stumps was doubted, I went to considerable expense in having doubtful-looking cases tested by ex- cavation of the roots and in every instance the root-graft was established. It seemed that a very slight graft was sufficient, and that the host tree need not be very large to accomplish the overgrowth of a stump of a tree of greater size. I found it diffi- cult to discover a stump very remote from other trees. The scattered large Douglas Fir of the original parklands of the vicin- ity w^ere mostly still standing and the young growtih was generally in dense for- mation. There was one instance in which a group of nine capped-over Douglas Fir stumps were distant over fifty feet from a large tree and there was absolutely no indication of roots of the stumps and tree being anywhere near each other; never- theless, excavation proved that actual root- graft existed. The roots of the big tree stretched at a depth of two feet below the surface past the group of smaller trees, the tap roots of some of w/iich had become grafted to the underlying roots of the big tree. These stiunps, so grafted, were in turn root-grafted to others more remote and all were overgrown alike. This, I think, shows that apparently remote stumps may really be root-grafted to growing trees by a series of concealed, unsuspected root- grafts. The more especiallj- may this be so as frequently the major parts of the stumps are decayed and portions of roots only remain vital. This phase of the ques- tion, in my opinion, explains how remote and apparently isolated stumps can show^ bulky overgrowt^i. There is probably a chain of root-grafts connecting the stump with living trees. I have never been able to learn of an overgrown stump proved, by actual and complete excavation of all its roots and rootlets, to have no direct or indirect root-graft with foliage-possessing trees. The great spread of the lateral roots of conifers may not always be realized, and this, combined with indirect root- grafts, may enable overgrown stumps to have a source of elaborated food in a dis- tant forest. In fact, it is hard to say whether the translocation of elaborated sap would ever stop as long as there were liv- ing stumps and direct and indirect root- graft wit/1 sufficient canopy of foliage. The question could be easily settled exper- imentally, as well as the point whether one species is more potent in this respect than another. The grafting together of the roots of separate trees should be of easy accomplishment artificially in a single season, and then, if the stems of those trees intended to be used for tests were cut the following year, an immediate overgrowth should commence in species prone to s^ow the characteristic. The stumps in some species of conifers are said to respond more quickly than others. I have observed the phenomenon in Douglas Fir (Pseudot- suga taxifolia, (Poir.) Britt.) and in Grand Fir {Ahies grandis, Lindley) only, the Douglas Fir being far more potent in over- igrowth than the Grand, Fir. In botji species, when the overgrowth is cut off, a renewed ^lealing takes place. I have never, however, seen a healing and overgrowth by means of secondary or indirect root- graft in the Grand Fir. Stumps showing healing and overgrowth abound in all dis- tricts in the vicinity of Victoria. In the Douglas Fir the heartwood of the stump is usually charged with resin and a com- plete capping takes place. In the Grand Fir the heartwood nearly always decays and a rim only of live wood ensues, T^e May, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 85 Douglas and Grand Firs are the only two trees which I have had the opportunity of studying. The characteristic seems to ob- tain in all conifers where root union has taken place. Doubtless it would not occur in conifers which possess the power of stump sprouting, such as tjie California Redwood {Sequoia senipervirens, (Lamb) Endlicher). The Bigtree {Sequoia ivasJi- ingioniama (Winsl.) Sudworth), on the other hand, cannot sprout but shows the overgrowth characteristic in a very marked degree. The question of the frequency of natural graftage as well as the extent to which it takes place among the trees in a forest is necessarily pertinent to the consideration of t,he question of overgrowth. Inarching of roots of a single tree is a well-known phenomenon. Whether wholesale inter- "■*&& Fig. 3: Douglas Fir. Partial overgrowth of stump (to the right) due to natural graft of its roots with those of a foster Douglas fir (to the left) The graft ha& developed into a bar of wood connecting the tree and stump. The ring of annual increment of the living tree on the left is seen to be enveloping the stump on the right. The centre of the stump, not being preserved by resin, is decaying and would have become one of the hollow stump types in which there is a rim of live wood only. Locality, Sylvan Lane, Gonzales Hill, Victoria, B. C- 86 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. grafting among the roots of similar species in the forests takes place always or does not do so, seems to be unknown. As des- truction of primaeval forests has, in land clearing operations, been taking place all over the country for a great length of lime, one might expect that agricultural and for- ■estry works would cover this point. Such, so far as 1 can learn, is not the case. The extensive root grafting of some conifers on the Pacific Coast ,has, however, forced itself on the attention of foresters and others. It has been noted in Douglas Fir and in Western Hemlock {Tsuga hetero- phijlla (Raf.) Sargent). Mr. W. R. Carter, Assistant Biologist, British Columbia Pro- vincal Museum, Victoria, B. C, has in- formed me that on some of the coastal areas of the West Coast of Vancouver Is- land, wind, or other erosion, has disclosed continuity in root systems of Western Hemlock and other coniferous trees. This continuity of roots is often exposed to view for three or four Juindred yards at a time. Others have spoken of the root-graftage of the liemlock impeding land-clearing opera- tions. Tliere does not appear to be any record whether the Hemlock root or stump Fig. 4: Douglas fir stumps completely capped over by root-uuion with a foster tree. The roots from the foster tree are seen stretching through the centre of the group of t^tunips, some of which were united by graftage of their tap roots with the underlying roots from the big tree. The stumps on the outside of the group had no direct root graft with the foliage^possessing tree, but only indirect graft with those which had. Locality, Goldstream Eoad, Colwood, Es- quimalt district, Vancouver Island, B. C. May, 1921. j The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 87 sprouts or whether it has the overgrowth tenden'cy. (It would be interesting to learn what the effect of t^iis extensive continuity of root systems had on the stabilizing of the trees in the gale of last winter (Jan. 1921) which did such exten- sive damage uprooting valuable coniferous timber on tlie coasts of British Columbia, Washington and Oregon). At Rouvray, in Fraiyge, while with the Canadian Forestry Corps, I particularly noted that the graft- age of t,he roots of the Pines (Sylvestris, I think), was very noticeable. (Strangely enough, in one case where the bases of the stems of three pines w^ere united and one tree had been felled some time previouslj^ the stump .showed no signs of vitality or overgrowth.) On the other hand I have seen the roots of coniferous trees inter- mingle without apparent graftage ensu- ing, and one often finds the stump of one Douglas Fir tig.htly pressed against the stem of a growing tree -but no sign of vi- tality or overgrowth in the stump. From this I judge that contact and pressure will not always be followed by graftage. The cause of natural graftage of roots was con- sidered by Mr. Dallimore to be mainly pressure, and Prof. Newins assigns the cause to pressure and affinity of species combined with other physical factors. In Elwes and Henry the fact that the bark remains alive to an advanced age is said to account for the vitality and consequent overgi-owth of stumps of Silver Fir. The feasibility of utilization of the won- drous creative biological power shown in t^ie continuity of vitality and healing-over of these stumps of coniferous trees does not seem to have ever been contemplated in horticulture or silviculture. Living fence posts can be grown, for they do naturally grow, and it should be easy to ensure the graftage of roots art- ificially. Metal or concrete caps fashioned for ornament or use could be placed on the stumps when cut and these would read- ily become enveloped by t^e overgrowth. These posts would last forever. Prof. Xewins menti(ms an instance of an over- growth having 200 rings, and at Stan- ley Park, Vancouver City, — close to the "Seven Sisters' — there is a capped-over Douglas Fir stump which must be nine or ten feet high. The foster-tree could be re- newed from time to time if it became too bulky. It is certain that trees retaining foliage canopy can, by direct root-graft and also apparently by indirect root-graft, trans- mit elaborated sap to remote stumps. The converse might be equally true, and the roots of stumps in moist rich soil might, by root graft, be able to maintain trees in- places of droug^ht and paucity of soil. As ordinary grafting is said to be readily a.('('<)m])lished in conifers the retentioTi of vitality by the stumps and roots might be practically turned to account in silvicul- ture and in forestry, and rotation similar to coppice culture attained by grafting sturdy leaders of felled trees on the living stnm])s or roots. This might be especially useful in selecting cuttings in protection forests or parklands. I feel convinced that the phenomenon of the root-graft and overgrowth of stumps of conifers is well worthy of greater study and experimental investigation than has. been L'iven to it. 88 The Canadian Field-Naturalist, [Vol. XXXV. THE LARGER FRESHWATER-CRUSTACEA FROM CANADA AND ALASKA. By Frits Johansen. (Continued from Vol. XXXV, p. 47.) Ill— C. CLAM-SHRIMPS. This suborder (Conchostraca) is easily distinguished from the two preceding ones hy the presence of a double shell enclosing the animal completely (except when swim- ming) and attached to it dorsall.v, so that it can be opened and closed like a clam (see p. 45). Conforming with this the bodj^ is much compressed, but shows a dis- tinct head-part, sometimes beak-shaped (rostrum) and protruding from the "shell. The eyes are sessile and more like those of the "water-fleas" (Cladocera) than those of the fairy-shrimps. In other features also they resemble the Cladocera, and may be considered to stand half way between this group of animals and the Phyllopods. Thus the first pair of antennae are minute, but the second pair developed into long and powerful swimming organs. Of mouth- organs both mandibles and two pairs of maxillae are present; and the short, clum- sy body is supplied with from 1 to 2 dozen pairs of foliaceous legs, subdivided both for respiratory and swimming purposes; they also support the female egg-mass dorsally, while the first pair serve with the male as clasping organs ("hand" and "claw"). The posterior body segments have each a pair of spines often present also on the compressed, large, terminal end (telson), which ends in a pair of filaments (cercopods). In size these animals are from a few millimeters to about 2 centi- meters long, the Estheriidae being the lar- gest forms. Differeiit from the Cladocera (where the young ones when emerging are very much like the adults) the clam-shrimps hatch as nauplii not unlike those of the fairy-shrimps, though the first pair of antennae are not yet out and the labrum much larger. But the other characters (enormous second pair of antennae and mandibular palps, single, median eye, pear- shaped body with little differentiation of the segments, etc.), are the same as with the other Phyllopods; also (as is the case with the Notostraca-nauplii) the carapace is not yet developed. Gradually it assu- mes the shape of the adults by the out- growth of the shell (carapace) on both sides behind the mouthparts, the shortening of the body, reduction of the mandibular- palps, and development of the paired eyes, foliaceous legs, etc., and sexual characters. It should be remembered, however, that of many clam-shrimps the larval stages are very imperfectly known or not known at all. Their food consists of still smaller in- vertebrates (Entomostraca, Protozoa, etc.), which they secure by busily swimming around in circles in the water ; as a matter of fact when observing them they seem never to be at rest. Their occurrence is extremely puzzling ; ^ a water-hole a few feet wide may be teeming with them, whe- ther it is situated in the woods, in a grassy swamp, or on open, dry plains'; on the other hand they may be entirely absent from other pools, ponds or lakes in the same place. As is the case with the fairy- shrimps they seem mainly to occur (around Ottawa) in pools or canals left by the overflow of rivers, ^ and are found from April to the time the pools dry up (July). In the summer the females carry their eggs around with them ; they are deposited then before the pool they are found in dries up or freezes to the bottom. The females have also (Packard, Sars) been noticed to carry their eggs in the spring (see below). ' It is interesting that so far there are no records of them from the high Arctic (ex- cept Siberia), though, as mentioned, both fairy-shrimps, tadpole-shrimps and water- fleas have their typical representatives up there. I did not find them on the Can- adian Arctic Expedition, nor are thev known from Greenland. My identifications of the Conchostraca from the new Can- 1 Some years they do not show up at all. -' The genus Limnetis seems to prefer pools with much vegetation. 3 Or holes filled with water by heavy rains. May, 1921.] The Canadian Feeld-Naturalist. 89 adian localities given on the following pages have been verified bj^ Professor A. S. Pearse, of the University of Wisconsin. Canadian " elara-shrimps " were first described in 1862 by W. Baird from spe- cimens (Limnetis gouldii) collected by Ch. Gould in June 1857 at St. Anns, Montreal, P.Q., and from specimens {Estheria cald- welli) collected by W. Caldwell in Lake Winnipeg, Man. They are represented upon this continent by three families (sub- families) ; the Limnetidae, Limnadiidae and Estheriidae, the two last families being often united by authors. The first family is easily distinguished from the two others by the milky colored shell being more or less spherical and with lines of growth, and the head cannot be retracted into it. In these characters the family reminds one strongly of the Cladocera, especially the family Lynceidae, though the clam-shrimps do not possess the huge claw-foot of these Cladocera. Only one genus (Limnetis, es- tablished by Loven in 1845) belonging to this family of clam-shrimps occurs in North America, but it is represented by four species of which three are known only from the United States {L. mucronatus occurs in Montana), but one (L. gouldii Baird) also in Canada. This latter spe- cies is rather liai-dy and easy to keep in an aquarium; tlie eggs are found under the back of the shell of the female in the spring and early summer (May- July), according to Packard. It has been recorded from New Hampshire, Massachusetts, Rhode Is- land, New^ York and Illinois; from Can- ada I have before me specimens from the following localities, arranged from east to west : — About two dozen specimens from a w^ood beyond Montreal West, P.Q., June 17, 1917, A. AVilley, coll. (sent to me from McGill Museum). Many specimens (the smaller ones red- dish, the larger ones, some of which are egg-bearing females, yellow-green * collect- ed by myself in a ditch-canal left by the overflow of the Ottawa River on the fields a little east of Gatineau Point, P.Q., June 14, 1919. When I visited this place again on October 19 of the same year the ditch was completely dried up, being filled with * Baird describes his specimens, which were 3x3 mm. long, as having a pale fleshy-yellow- ish color, with black eyes. Carex and much other vegetation ; no clam- shrimps were of course observed on that occasion. On April 18 and May 30, 1920, I again visited the same ditch ; but as the water- level of the Ottawa River this year was (even at its maximum) much lower than in 1919, there was no connection between the river and the ditch. The latter had very little water left, mereh^ small holes which contained only some aquatic mol- luscs, insects, tadpoles, and the Isopod Asellus communis. The farmer who owned the field upon which the ditch was situated had ploughed it up and partly filled in the ditch, so the latter will probably never again contain any "clam-shrimps.*' On May 2nd, 1921, I collected a number of immature (li^ to 2 cm. long) speci- mens of this species, in a fairly large and deep pond on a field on the hills at Tenaga, west side of Gatineau River, P.Q. They had a vivid orange or red-brown colour, and were easy to catch as they were swim- ming slowly ("suspended") in the water, or attaching themselves to plants. They occurred in great numbers, together with Cladocera, Ostracoda, and the fairy-shrimp, Eubrancliipus gelidus, etc. At the end of May neither fairy-shrimps nor Conchos- traca were to be found in this pond. Mr. W. S. Odell, of Ottawa, tells me that about a dozen years ago he secured many of these clam-shrimps in a pool on the fields at Wychwood (near Aylmer), P. Q., and that he secured more in the same place during the succeeding years (in May). When I visited this pool on May 15, 1921, it was quite dried up, and fur- thermore used as a dump for rubbish, so that it probably contains no more Crus- tacea. Mr. Odell also secured them in pools alongside the railway-track near Hurdman's Bridge (Ricleau River) about a dozen years ago ; but for several years their habitat there has been destroyed. Furthermore, for several years Mr. Odell has observed them in the pools left by the overflow (in the spring) of the Rideau River on a pasture at Billings Bridge, Ot- tawa South, near the brick-yard; and he showed me some he had collected there, to- gether with the fairy-shrimps Euhranclii- pus gelidus of both sexes, on the first week of May, 1921. A week later he and I visited the place, but did not succeed in finding a single fairy-shrimp, though the 90 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. clam-shrimps, eladocera, ostracods and copepods occurred in great numbers. The Limnetis were conspicuous by their orange colour, and both sexes were seen, often in copulation; some of the females had al- ready (May 16) their olive-coloured eggs shining through the shell. The pools in which they occurred I found to be the deeper holes left in the bed of the ditch- canal, much overgrown with water-plants, and with many dead leaves in the bottom from the large oak-trees scattered over the pasture. The place was visited repeatedly, and all during May the clam-shrimps were found in the larger ponds not yet dried up com- pletely. After a time the red colour of the full-grown individuals changes from oran- ge to brownish, and the egg-bearing fema- les seem to be more numerous than the males, the latter probably dying off rapidly when their function is finished. The two sexes were often seen in copulation, during which process they seem unable to float in the water, but are crawling over the bot- tom-mud or lying there. By keeping them in a glass of water I observed how during the act the female eventually closes its shell, and the male has all it can do to keep them both free of the bottom. It is a very funny sight : the male moving all its feet vigorously, trying to rise in the water, but the female having the effect of a sinker attached to him, so that tlie net result is to cause them bot/i to roll over, wrestler- fashion, owing to the globular shape of the body. Sometimes two males would attack one female, but probabl}' this was because so many were crowded together in the bottle. From June on their numbers decreased markedly; and at the end of the month none were found (the last ones were se- cured on June 19, when the two sexes were still observed in copulation. Several of these, the last survivors, had a growth of minute, green Algae, etc., upon their shells, a sign of decay). Around Ottawa their life thus seems to last two months. It will be seen, however, from the record of these clam-shrimps from Saskatchewan, given below, that where suitable surroundings are found they may occur also later in the summer. The weather during April, May and June, 192], around Ottawa, was very warm, and with practically no rain ; it was interesting to observe, that wlien a period of unusually hot weather arrived in the first half of May, the fairy-shrimps {Eii- hraiichipus (jdidiis) were not to be found any more. I ascertained this by visiting the various pools in which I had found them so common only a few weeks before. About one dozen specimens from a water- hole on the margin of a wood at Scarbo- rough Junction near Toronto, Ontario, June, 1908, A. G. Huntsman coll. (see Natural History of Toronto Region, 1913, p. 275). Three specimens from pond at Estevan, Sask., August 3, 1916, W. R. Quinn, coll. (sent me from Royal Ontario Museum). Four specimens, the two largest of which were egg-bearing females, from a slougli three miles north-east of Medecine Hat, Alta., June 11, 1920, A. 0. Huntsman coll. They occurred together with Estheria cald- welli, Streptocephalus coloradensis and Lepidurus couesii. One full-grown and three young speci- mens from a shallow slough at Wetaskiwin (near Edmonton), Alta., June 1, 1920, A. Gr. Huntsman coll. The fairy-shrimp Eu- hranchipus gel/idus was collected in the same slough. It thus seems as if this species is not fouyd in the Rocky Mountains, nor west of them. It has not been recorded from Alas- ka, nor did I find it along the arctic coast of this continent west of Bathurst Inlet (Canadian Arctic Expedition). In size this species does not exceed half a centimeter in length, the females gen-. erally being the largest. Another species {L. braehijunis) is known from Scandinavia, Central Europe, Russia and Siberia, and is well described and figured by Sars (1896) p. 117, plates 18-20. He mentions particularly how he only succeeded in finding it in one ditch with much vegetation in Finmark, in August, though he examined carefully many others; he also observed how it swims with the shell-valves wide open, but often sinks to the bottom; and how the males firmly grab the valves of the females below by their "hands" for the purpose of copulation. Some of the larval stages are described by Grube. To the second family of clam-shrimps be- xi long two genera, Limnadia and Etdimna-/^ May, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Xaturalist. 93 dia. Tlie shell of the former genus (estab- lished by Broig-nard in 1820) , is very broad- ovate, flat and with a great number (18) of lines of growth. So far only one species has been found upon this continent, name- ly L. americana, known from Massachu- setts; it may therefore possibly occur also in eastern Canada. Sars (1896) thinks it is the same as L. lenticulons Linn, known from Scandinavia and Central Europe; he describes and figures this on p. 85, plates 14-16, and the larval stages on plate 17. He says the females already carried the eggs at the end of July and that the larvae were found in the middle of the same month ; he expresses the opinion, however, that only one brood is developed each sum- mer. The size of L. americana is about 1 cm. The other genus {EuUmnadia) is represented upon this continent In' two species of which one is known from Kan- sas, Nebraska and Texas, and the otlier, E. agassizii "' from Massachusetts and Ontario. The genus has a narrow ovate, very trans- parent shell with 4-5 lines of growth about 1-2 em. long. I have before me four speci- mens of E. agassizii collected by A. G. Huntsman in pools on rocks at Go Home Bay (Georgian Bay) Ont., August 15th (1905), sent me from the Royal Ontario Museum (See Natural Hist or ij of Toronto Region, 1913, Y). 215). Dr. Huntsman writes me (June 1920), that "this species occurred at two places at Go Home Bay, namely at Station Island and at Split Rock Island. In each case a large number of specimens was found in a small, temporary pool in the rock, the pool probably not being more than a foot or two feet in diameter, and quite shallow. It seemed extraordinary that so many indi- viduals of relatively large size should occur in so little water ..." The third family of clam-shrimps . (Es- theriidae) is represented on this continent by the genus Estheria of which more than half a dozen species are known from the United States, but only one, E. caldwelli (Cyzicus mexica7ia) •> from Canada. It is interesting that no species of this genus has so far been found east of Saskatchewan '' First described (and the genus established) by Packard in 1874, from specimens collected by W. Faxon in Massachusetts in 1873; the females had then (August) yellowish eggs. The following July-August the young ones were I about 1 line in length. Tlie genus is and the Mississippi River, easily recognized by the oval, more or less globose shell oi an amber colour (thus much like a clam-shell) showing about 20 lines of growth until about 1^ em. long. I have before me five specimens of E. cald- welli from a prairie-slough at Estevan, Sask., collected by W. R. Quinn on August 6th, 1916, and sent me from the Royal Ontario Museum. The species was first described in 1862 by W. Baird from spe- cimens collected by W. Caldwell in Lake Winnipeg, and two years earlier by C. Clans from Mexico ; it has fui-ther been recorded from Kansas, Nebraska, Ken- tucky, Ohio and New Mexico. I have recently received one more spe- cimen collected by Dr. A. G. Huntsman on June 11, 1920, in a slough three miles north-east of Medicine Hat, Alta., where it occurred together with Limnetis goiddii and other Entomostraca. The specimen is- about 9 mm. long, while some of the five specimens from Estevan, Sask., mentioned above were almost double this size.^ Clam-shrimps were recorded from Fin- land by Linnaeus ; but the order was well- described for the first time by Herman in the beginning of the nineteeaith century. Postscript. In June, 1920, I received a letter from Dr. Chancey Juday, of Madison, Wiscon- sin, giving me some new records of clam- shrimps collected by J. M. Jessup in May- July, 1911 and in July. 1912, in Alaska and Yukon Territory. As these are the first records of Con- chostraca from the arctic and subarctic parts of this continent, and the first time the two species in question liave been found in America,* it is of importance to have them included in this article. The records are: Lynceus hrachyurus {Limnetis h.) :— Lakes and bog-holes on OkLCrow River flat about 40 miles north of New Rampart House ; Lake 48 miles north of New Ram- part House ; Morainal lakes, 30-35 miles north of White Horse, Yukon Territory. Limnadia lenticidaris : — Lakes on coastal " The gen us -name Estheria was made by Rueppell, in 1857, but later the genus was found to be the same as Audouin's Cyzicus, established in 1837. Similarly Baird's species E. caldwelli, described in 1862, has been proved to be the same as C. mexicanus, first des- cribed by Claus two years previously.. 92 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. plain of Arctic Ocean (about 69" 40' N., Notostraca (Apodidae) means "pond- 141° W.) ; isolated pond off Old Crow ray"; but I think it better to use a popu- I^iver. lar English name for them which indicates Both of these species have been already the class of animals to which they belong, mentioned in this article. Note. — I have been unable to find any popular, English names for Notostraca and Conchostraca, and am therefore in these articlea proposing the names of "tadpole- shrimps" and "clam-shrimps" for them. To distinguish the "clam-shrimps" from the Ostracoda I propose for the latter the name of "mussel-shrimps", a translation of the popular, Danish name for the Os- tracoda. The difference in the shape of the shell between the Conchostraca and the Ostracoda is thus indicated in these popu- lar names. The popular Danish name for A-E: Eubranchipus gelidus Hay; P: Lepidurus couesii Pack; G-H: Limnetis gouldii Baiid. Above letters explained: fo: frontal organ; ai first pair of antennae; a^ (cl) : 2ncl pair of antennae (or claspers); ne: nauplius- eye; pe: paired eyes; fi: filaments of 1st pair of feet; so: bodysegments (somites); fl: foliaceous legs; ca: carapace (or shell); bk: beak of head; in: intestine; pr: pro- cesses from somites; eg: eggsack with eggs; ge: male genitalia; ad: abdomen; te: tel- son; cp: cercopods. (A and E, after Pearse; F-H, after Packard; B-D, Originals.) A, C, E, F2, G are lateral views; D and Fl: dorsal views; B: clasper from inside; H: front view of head. BIBLIOGRAPHY FOR CANADIAN AND ALASKAN EUPHYL- LOPODA. Muller, 0. F. — Zoologia Danica Prodvornus, ■ Vol. II, Hafniae, 1777. Fabricius, 0. — Fauna Groenlandica, etc., Hafniae et Lipsiae, 1780, p. 247. Pallas, M. P. S. — Voyage en differentes provinces de I'Empire de Russie, etc. Vol. IV, Paris, 1793. Kroeyer, H. — Groenlands Amphipoder {Vid. Selsk. Skr., natiirv. og mathem. Afh. VII, Kbhvn., 1838). Kroeyer, H. — Conspectus Crust. Groenl. {NaturJi. Tidsskr. II Raekke, 2, Khvbn. 1847). Fisc;ier, S. — Branchiopoda et Eutomostra- ca (Middendorf's Sihirischer Reisen, II, 1, St. Petersbourg, 1851. Baird, W. — Monograph of the family Apo- didae, etc. Monogr. of the famil}^ Branchipodidae, etc. {Proc. Zool. Soc, London, 1852). Baird, W. — Description of several new spe- cies of Phyllopodous Crustac. (Proc. Zool. ^oc," London, 1862). Grube, A. E. — Bemerkung* ueber die Phyl- lopoden, etc. (Arch. f. Naturgesch.. 19 Jahrg., 1853). Reinhardt, J. — Fortegnelse over Groen- lands Krebsdyr, etc. (In H. Rink, Na- tnrh. Tillaeg til en geografisk og sta- tist. Beskriv. af Groenland, Kbhvn.. 1857). Claus, C. — Ueber die Estheriden, inbeson- ders ueber E. mexicana (Beitr. zur Kenntn. der Eniomostr. 12-25, 1860). Verrill, A. B. — Descript. of some new Amer. Phyllopod Crust. (Amer. Journ. Science and Arts, 2d. Series, 1869). Verrill, A. E. — Observat. on Phyllopod Crust, of the family Branchipidae, etc. (Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Science, Salem, 1869; Cambridge, 1870). Packard, A. S. — Observ. on glacial phe- nom. of Labrador and Maine, etc. (Mem.oirs of Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., I, 1867). May, 1921. The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 93 Packard, A. S. — Synopsis of the Fresh- water-Phyllopod Crust, of North Am- erica (f/. S. Geol. and Geograph. Sur- vey of Colorado, 1873). Packard, A. S. — Deseript.- of a new Phyllo- pod Crust, from the West {Bidl. U.S. Oeolog. and Geograph. Survey of Ter- ritories, Vol. Ill, No. 1, 1877). Packard, A. S. — Deseript. of new N. A, P'hyllopoda {Ann. Rep. Peaiady Acad, of 'sciences for 1873 (1874) ). Packard, A. S. — Monograph of the Phyl- lop. Crust, of North America (U. S. Geol. and Geograph. Survey of Wyo- ming and Idaho, Part I, Wash., 1883). Packard, A. S. — New Phvllop. Crust. {Am- er. Nat. Vol. IX, 1875). Packard, A. S. — Explorat. Polaris Exp. (Amer. Nat., Vol. XI, 1877). Packard, A. S. — Notes on Phyllop. Crust. (Amer. Nat., Vol. XIV, 1880). Miers, E. I. — Arctic Crustaeeae (Annals and Magaz. of Nat. Hist., Ser. 4, Vol. 20, 1877 ; Appendix to Narrative of a Voyage to the Polar Sea, 1875-76, Vol. II, 1878). Murdoch, J. — Marine Invertebrates (ex- clusive of mollusks) (Report of the International Polar Expedit. to Point Barrow, Alaska, Washington, 1885). Murdoch, J. — Deseript. of seven new spe- cies of Crustacea and one worm from Arctic Alaska (Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. VII, 1884). Simon, E. — Etudes sur les Crust, du sous- ordre des Phyllopodes (Annal. Soc. Entomol. de France, Serio 6, Vol. 6, Paris, 1886). Lilljeborg, W. — Contrib. to the Nat. Hist, of Commander Islands, 9 (Proc. U. S. Nat. 3Ius., Vol. X, 1887). Hansen; H. J. — Crustacea ("Dijmphna" Ekspeditiouens zoolog. og hotan. TJd- hytte, Kbhvn.. 1887). Hay, 0. P. and W. P.— A Contrib. to the knowledge of the genus Branchipus (Amer. Nat., Vol. XXIII, 1889). Wesenberg-Lund. C. — Groenlauds Fersk- vands-Entomostraca, I, Pjiyllopoda, branchiopoda et cladocera (Videns- kah. Medd. Naturh. Foren, Kbvn., 1894). Wesenberg-Lund, C. — Fersk-og Saltvands- Entomostraca fra Ryder Eksped. (Medd. om Groenl, Vol. 19, 1896). Halkett, A. — Ottawa Phyllopods (Ottawa Naturalist, July, 1895). Halkett, A. — A Naturalist in the Frozen North (Ottawa Naturalist, Aug. 1905). Prince, E. E. — Remarkable points in the life-history of Phyllopods (Ottawa Naturalist, 1896). Sahlberg, J. — Om Finlands hittils kanda Pihyllopoder, etc. (Notitser ur Sallsk. pro Fauna ed Flora Fennica, Forh. XIV). Sars, G. 0. — Oversigt af Norges Crust a- ceer, Estheriidae (1887) and Bran- chiopoda, etc. (1890), Kristiania, (Vid. Selsk. Fork.). Sars, G. 0. — Fauna Norvegiae. I, P^iyllo- carida et Phyllopoda. Kristiania, 1896. Sars, G. 0. — Phyllopoda of the Jana Ex- pedition (Annuaire de Mus. Zool. de VAcad. des Sciences, St. Petersbourg, 1897). Sars, G. 0. — Crustacea. (Rep. 2nd Nor- weg. Arctic Exp. 1898-1902, No. 18, 1909). Vanhoeffen, E. — Die Fauna und Flora Groenlauds (Groenl. Exp. der Gessel- schaft. fiir Erdkunde, Berlin, 1897). Daday de Dees, E. — Branchipus paludosus 0. F. Muell. in der ungarische fauna (Termeszetraji Fuezetek, Vol. 13, 1890). Daday de Dees, E. — Monogr. syst. des Phyllopodes Anostraees, Vol. 11, 1-910 (Annates des Scien. Natur., Zoologie, Serie 9). Daday de Dees, E. — Monogr. syst. des Phyllopodes Conchostraces. Vol. 20, 1915. (Annales des Sciences Natur., Zoologie, Serie 9). Daday de Dees, E. — Poly art emiella judayi, novum genus novaque species, etc. (An. Mus. Nat. H^ing., 1909). Zschokke, F. — Die tierwelt in den Hoch- gebirgseen (Neue Denkschr. d. allge- mein. schweiz. Gesselsch. f. d. gesammt. Naturiviss., Bd. 37, Zurich, 1900). Ortman, A, E. — Crustacea and Pycnogo- nida coll. during the Princeton Exp. to N. Greenland (Proc. Acad. Nat. Scien., Philadelphia, 1901). 94 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Ekman, S. — Beitrage z. Kenntn. d. Phyl- lopodenfamilie Polyartemiidae {Bi- hangt. Kgl. Svenska. V&t. Akad. Han- dl., Bd. 28, Afd. IV, No. 11, Stock- holm, 1902). Ekman, S. — Die Phyllopoden, Cladoceren uiid freileb. Copepoden der nordswed. Hochgebirge {Zool. Jahrh. Abt. f. System, Bd. 21, 1905). Sliantz, H. L. — Notes on the N. A. species of Branchinecta and tlieir ^labits {Bio- loo. J^M. 9, 1905, Zool. Stud. Umv. of Nebr.). Howland, R. B. — Migration of retinal pig- ment in the eyes of Branchipus geli- dus (Journ. Experim. Zool., 2, 1911). Johansen, F. — Freshwater-life in N. E. Greenland {Medd. om Oroenland, Vol. 45, 1911). Brehm, V. — Die Entomostraken der Dan- mark Exped. (Medd. om Groenl. Vol. 34, 1911). Cockerell, T. D.— The fauna of Boulder Co., Colorado, II {Univ. of Colorado Studies, Vol. IX, 2-3, 1912). Huntsman, A. G. — Invertebrates {Nat. Hist, of Toronto Region, Toronto, 1913). Pearse, A. S. — Notes on Phyllopod Crus- [Vol. XXXV. Acad. Scicn., tacea {14th Bep. Mich. 1912). Pearse, A. S. — Notes on Crustacea recently acquired by the museum {Occas. Pa- pers from Mus. of Zool., Univ. of Mich., 1913). Pearse, A. S. — Phyllopoda (Ward and Whipple's Freshwater-Biology, New York, 1918). Dodds, G. S. — Deseript. of two new species of Entomostraca from Colorado {Proc. U. S. N. 31., Vol. 49, Washington, 1914). Dodds, G. S-. — Key to t^ie Entomostraca of Colorado {Univ. of Col. Studies, Vol. XI, 1915). Dodds, G. S. — Altitudinal Distribution of the Entomostraca in Colorado {Proc. U. S. N. M., Vol. 54, 1917). Haberbosch, P. — Ueber arktische Suesswas- ser-Crustaceen {Zool. Aiiseig. Bd. 47, 1916). K. — Conspectus Crust, et Groenland. {Medd. om Gro- 22, 1917). -Studien ueber d. Suesswas- serfauna Spitzberg, etc. {Inaug. Dis- sert., Zool. Bidrag fr. Uppsala, Bd. VI, 1918). ( Concluded. ) Stephensen, Pygnog. enl. Vol. 01 of sen, 0.- NOTES ON THE FAUNA OF LOWER PAGWACHUAN, LOWER KENOGAMI AND LOWER ALBANY RIVERS OF ONTARIO. By M. Y. Williams, University of British Columbia, Vancouver. The following observations were made between July 25th and September 16th, 1920, while on a geological trip along t^he river route between Pagwa on the National Transcontinental railway and Fort Albany on James Bay. A side trip was also made 25 miles up Albany River from the Forks. The route is along rivers of the Albany system and falls into three main divisions, — the Pagwachuan River, estimated dis- tance 35 miles; the Kenogami River from the mouth of the Pagwachuan River to the Forks of the Albany River, estimated dis- tance 85 miles; the lower Albany River from the Forks to James Bay, estimated distance 150 miles. English River post, formerly known as Mammawemattawa, oc- cupied by traders of the Hudson's Bay and Revillon Freres fur companies, is about 25 miles below the mouth of the Pagwachuan River and at the junction of the Kabina- kagami and Kenogami Rivers. The Naga- gami River enters the Kenogami about one mile higher up. Both fur companies men- tioned have posts at the mouth of Chipie (Ghost) River about 50 miles below t^ie Forks of the Albany, and the Hudson's Bay, the Revillon Freres and the James May. 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 95 Bay Compaiiy have posts at Fort Albany, the last recently established; a large Roman Catholic mission is also situated there. The estuary of the Albany River is about 16 miles long and is composed of many is- lands, the largest, Albany Island, being about seven or eight miles long and about one-half as wide. Near the middle of the sout/i side of this island the settlements are established. Tide water extends to the head of Albany Island. The river flows across a plain which slopes toward James Bay at less than two feet per mile. For about ten miles below the steel, the Pagwachuan flows through boulder clay overlain by silts and sand, the latter rising into hills and ridges. For this distance the bedrock is pre-Cambrian in age and is seen by outcrops of grey granite in the river bed. To t^e north the crystalline rocks are overlain by Palae- ozoic limestones and s;iales, and across this sedimentary basin, the country, as seen from the rivers, is a monotonous muskeg dotted with stunted black spruce. The floor is of sphagnum moss, laurel and La- brador tea. T^ie river valleys give variety in vegetation and topography, their ter- raced being commonly covered with fair stands of w'hite spruce, white birch, white and balsam poplar, and scattered cedar, tamarack, ash and jackpine. Isolated stands of ash and elm occur at the junction of the Kabinakagami and Kenogami rivers, and on the latter river near the mouth of Little Current River. Red osier, dog- wood and willow grow along the river flats. Birds. Loon, Gavia imher. Two seen in the estuary of the Albany River, August 18th. Herring Gull, Larus argeniatus. One seen at mouth of Pagwachuan River, Aug- ust 5th. Two immatures seen at Forks of Albany, August 12th. Several seen each day between the Forks and the est- uary of t/ie Albany, August 13th — Aug- ust 18th. On lower Albany adult birds seen August 24th, 27th and Sept. 1st. Immature birds seen August ISth, 25th, 28th, 31st, Sept. 5th and one at the mouth of the Pagwachuan, September 13th. Common Tern, Sterna hirundo. Several seen in the Albany estuary, August 18th and 24th. Several were seen at Fishing Creek Island \ August 26th. American Merganser, Mergiis america- nus. Birds probably of this species were observed as follows : — two at mouth of Pagwachuan River, August 5th ; a flock, at Fort Albany, August 20th; eight at Hat Island-, August 31st. Mallard, Anas boschas. Five seen in the hands of Indian hunters, at Albany, Aug- ust 21st. They were killed along the coast to the west of the river. Black duck. Anas ohscura. One seen in Albany estuary^ August 18th; several seen in tjtie hands of Indian hunters at Fort Albany, August 20th. Golden-eye, Clangula clangula. Two seen at mouth of Pagwachuan River, Aug- ust 5th; five ducks probably of this spe- cies near Snake Island', August 14th. Canada Goose, Brant a canadensis. Seen as follows:^ — At Fishing Creek Island, Albany River, five seen on August 17th ; in estuary of Albany, twelve seen on Aug- ust 18th and again on 19th ; a flock seen at Fort Albany, Aug-ust 21st; twelve in the estuary, August 26th; twelve at the mouth of Ghost (Chipie) River*, August 30th; twelve at Hat Island, August 31st; a flock 20 miles np the Albany from Forks, Sept. 3rd. Wilson Snipe, Gallinago delicata. One seen at t<^e Forks of the Albany, Sept. 2nd, and one about 30 miles above the Forks, September 5tli. Semip alma ted Sandpiper, Ereimetes pti- sillus. Birds probably of this species seen as follows : — August 1st, two near mouth of Pagwachuan River; flocks near the mouth of Chipie River, August 14th, 15th and 16th ; their notes heard at the Forks of the Albany, Sept. 4th and 5th. Greater Yellow-legs, Totanus melano- leucus. Generally common from t,he mouth of the Pagwachuan River to Fort Albany between August 3rd and September 6th, after which none were observed. Two old birds flew back and forth past our camp at the mouth of the Pagwachuan, August 1 About 50 miles up the Albany. ■- About 3.5 miles below the Forks of the Albany River. 3 About 16 miles below the Forks of the Albany River. ■* 50 miles below Forks. 96 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. 3rd to 5th, screaming and apparently try- ing- to lure us away from their young, which appeared to be running about on the gravel bars at the far side of the river. Two were taken at Snake Island on August 13t^. Solitary Sandpiper, Helodromas solita- rius. Two birds probably of tliis species seen 10 miles below railway on Pagwa- chuan River. Spotted Sandpiper, Actites macularia. Common throughout trip. Semipalmated Plover, JEgialitis semi- palmata. One seen near Chipie River, August 16th; several seen at Forks of Al- bany, September 2nd. Ruffed Grouse, Bonasa unibellus. One seen at the Forks, Sept. 2nd., and one at Pagwa, Sept. 16th. Marsh Hawk, Circus hudsonius. Nine seen between Snake Island and the estuary of the Albany River, August 14th-26th. Two seen at the Forks, Sept. 2nd, and two thirty miles up t^e Kenogami, Sept. 6th. Cooper's Hawk, Accipiter cooperi. One seen at Albany estuary, August 25th, and one at Fishing Creek, August 27th. American Goshawk, Accipiter atricapil- lus. One female shot 30 miles above Forks on Kenogami River, Sept. 5th. Three seen between this point and English River post, Sept. 5th. Red-tailed Hawk, BtUeo borealis. Seen as follows : — Five on Kenogami River be- low English River post, August 11th; one at estuar}^ of Albany, August 24th ; one at Sand Cherry Island", August 27th ; four at the Forks, Sept. 2nd; two twenty miles above Forks on Albany River, August 3rd ; two on Kenogami River, 30 miles above English River post, Sept. 6th ; one on Kenogami River, 17 miles above English River post, Sept. 10th; one at the mouth of Pagwachuan, Sept. 13th, and one near Pagwa, Sept. 15th. Broad-winged Hawk. Buteo platypterus. One seen about six miles above mouth of Pagwachuan River, July 31st. Pigeon Hawk, Falco columbarius. Two seen at Hat Island, Albany River, August 31st, and two, on Sept. 3rd, 20 miles above Forks on Albany River. Sparrow Hawk, Falco sparverius. One 5 75 miles above mouth of Albany. seen at Pagwachuan River, July 29th ; two seen at Snake Island, Albanv River, Aug- ust 14th. American Osprey, Pandion haliaetus carolineHsis, One seen at estuary of Al- bany, August 18th and again August 25th. Five seen at Henley River six miles below the Forks, Sept. 1st; two seen on the Al- bany River a few miles above the Forks, a female being collected; one seen at t)ie Forks, Sept. 5th. Short-eared Owl, Asio accipitrinus. Very common every evening spent at Fort Al- bany. . Six seen August 19th, ten on the 21st, two being collected. Great Horned Owl, Bubo virginianus. One heard July 30th on Pagwachuan Riv- er. One seen on same river July 31st. One heard at Hat Island, August 31st. Belted Kingfisher, Ceryle alcyo7i. Seen occasionally as far down as the head of the estuary of the Albany, 20 birds being counted in all. Hairy Woodpecker, Dry abates villosus. One seen on Pagwachuan River, July 30th ; two seen on Hat Island, August 31st; one heard at English River post, Sept. 7t^. Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker, Picoides arcticus. One seen 20 miles above the Forks on Albany River, Sept. 3rd. American Three-toed Woodpecker, Picoi- des americanus. One seen at head of Albany estuary, August 19th, and at Fort Albany, August 21st, Flicker, Colaptes auratus. One seen near mouth of Pagwachuan River, August 1st; one heard at English River post, August 9th, and one seen August 10th ; two seen at Forks of Albany, August 13th; one seen on Pagwachuan River on Sept. 14th and one on 15th. Night Hawk, Chordeiles virginianus. Fairly common on Kenogami river between t/ie mouth of the Pagwachuan River and the Forks of the Albany from August 3rd to 12th ; one seen at the head of the Albany estuary, August 18th. Olive-sided Flycatcher, Nuttalornis bo- realis. Heard on August 8th and 10th at English River post, and one seen there August 9th. Horned Lark, Otocoris alpestris. One seen at Fort Albany, August 21st; thirty seen on Albany River 20 miles above the May, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 97 Forks, September 3rd; five seen at mouth of Pagwachuan Kiver, Sept. 13tji. Canada Jay, Perisoreus canadensis. Heard on Pagwachuan River, July 26th and 27th ; common throughout rest of trip. Raven, Corvus corax. Noted as follows: Two at English River post, August 10th; a flock at Fishing Creek Island, August 16th; two at estuary of Albany, August 18th; on return trip five single birds were seen between Hat Island and 17 miles above English River post on the Kenogami River, August 31st to Septem- ber 10th. Red-winged Blackbird, Agelaius plioe- niceus. One immature male taken 20 miles above English river post, Sept. 9tji. Rusty Blackbird, Euphagus caroUnus. Two seen on Pagwachuan river, August 30th; a flock seen at the Forks of the Albany, September 2nd; eight seen on the Pagwachuan, Sept. 15th. White-winged Crossbill, Loxia leucop- tera. The commonest bird seen on the trip July 25th to Sept. 16th, and their twittering flight song was heard every day between the steel and Fort Albany. Three males were taken at Pagwa, July 28th. American Goldfinch, Astragalinus tris- tis. Birds probably of this species seen at the. Forks and at Fishing Creek Island, August 12th and 17th. White-throated Sparrow, ZonotricJiia al- 'bicollis. Heard at Fort Albany, August 23rd; common between the Forks and the mouth of the Pagwachuan River, Septem- ber 2nd to 14th. Juneo, J unco liy emails. Several seen at the Forks, Aug. 13th; several seen al- most every day between Fort Albany and Pagwa, Aug. 22nd to Sept. 13th. Song Sparrow, Melospka cinerea. Sev- eral seen at mouth of Pagwachuan, August 5th; one at English River post, August 8th; two doubtfully of t^is species near English River post, Sept. 9th; several at the mouth of the Pagwachuan, Sept. 13th, and several 10 miles farther up, Sept. 15th. Fox Sparrow, Passerella iliaca. One seen each day Aug. 20-23rd at Fort Albany. Tree Swallow, Iridoprocne hicolor. Sev- eral seen at mouth of Pagwachuan, Aug- ust 5th. . Cedar Waxwing, Ampelis cedroruni. Common along Pagwachuan from Pagwa to its mouth, July 25th to August 4t,h ; one seen at Eiiglish River post, August 9th, and one at estuary of Albanv River,. August 18th. Black and White Warbler, Mniotilia va- ria. One seen at mouth of Pagwachuan, August 4th. Oven Bird, Seiurus aurocapillus. One heard at mouth of Pagwachuan River, Ju- ly 25th. American Redstart, Setophaga ruti- cilla. Three seen at mouth of Pagwachuan River, August 4th. American Pipit, Anthus pennsylvanicus. Common at the Forks of the Albany and 20 miles up both the Albany and the Keno- gami, Sept. 1st to 5th. Several seen on Kenogami 10 to 20 miles above English River post, Sept. 10th. Hudsonian chickadee, Penthestes hud- sonicus hudsonicus. Heard at English Riv- er post, Augtist 22n(^; several seen at Noran Island*^, August 29th; fairly com- mon 20 miles up Albany from Forks and up Kenogami to mouth of Pagwachuan, Sept. 2nd-13th. White-breasted Nuthatch, Sitta caroli- nensis. Note doubtfully identified at Fish- ing Creek, August 27t^, and identified Avith certainty at the Forks, Sept. 2nd. American Robin, Planesticus migrato- rins. One seen near mouth of Pagwachuan River, August 1st; one seen at Forks of Albany, August 21st. Mammals. Drummond's Vole, Microtus drimi' mondii (Audubon and Bachman). Taken at Fort Albany, August 23rd. White-footed Mouse, Peromyscus mani- cidatus mamcidahis (Wagner). Taken at Fort Albany, August 23rd. Hudson Bay Jumping Mouse, Zapus hudsonius hudsonius (Zimmermann). At tjie mouth of the Pagwachuan River, Aug- ust 4th. Black Bear, Ursus americanus america- nus Pallas. Fresh signs seen in Albanjr estuary, August 23rd. Grey Wolf, Canis occidentalis (Richard- 6 Noran Island is situated about four miles below Chipie River, 54 miles below the Forks of the Albany. 98 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. son). Two young wolves were held in cap tivity at the Catholic Mission, at Fort Albany'. A large grey animal accompany- ing two jet black ones appeared on the shore of Albany River about 12 miles above the Forks, Sept. 4th. The grey one ap- peared to be a wolf, the other two may have been Indian dogs, but pure black dogs are rare. Northern C^iipmunk, Eutaniias quadri- vittatus horealis (Allen). Common from mouth of Pagwachuan River to English River post, August 5th to 9th. Hudson Bay Squirrel, Scmrus hudsoni- cus hudsonicus (Erxleben). Common a- long whole route. Muskrat, Ondatra zihethica (Linnaeus). Remains abandoned by Red-tailed Hawk (sp.?), as we approached, about 10 miles above Forks on Albany River, Sept. 3rd. One seen on the Kenogami River, Sept. 6th. Northern Hare, Lepus americanus ame- ricanvs Erxleben. Conspicuous by their absence. Some signs seen. Moose, Alces americanus Jardine. Tracks commons along Pagwachuan River. A calf passed close to our camp in the ear- ly morning on the Kenogami River a few miles below the mouth of the Pagwachuan River, August 5th. Saw a cow on Keno- gami River about 15 miles below English River post, August 11th. Virginia Deer, Odocoileus americanus horealis Miller. One reported shot on Pagwachuan River late in July. Indians had deer meat at Fishing Creek Island, August 17th. Batrachians. American Toad, Bufo lentiginosus. Com- mon along Kenogami and Albany Rivers as far as Fort Albany, August 6th to 31st. Fish. Lake Sturgeon, Acipenser ruhicundus. Five taken in one net at mouth of C/iipie River, August 14th. Reported very com- mon here. Sucker, Moxostoma, sp. ? Two taken in our net at mouth of Chipie River, August 14th. These are the commonest fish along the rivers traversed. NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. An Aquatic Habit of the Pigeons. For a terrestrial bird to exhibit any aquatic habit, even though rarely, would seem to be of interest and perhaps may have an obscure significance. Some twelve years ago, I think it was, on a very warm summer day, I was canoe- ing on Lake Ontario near Toronto Bay. About three domestic pigeons {Columba livia, var. ?) circled once near me, lit grace- fully on the calm surface of the lake, remained there for a few seconds during which time I believe t^iey drank, and then rose easily and flew away toward the city. Never having seen or heard of such a performance by pigeons, I was surprised to the point of incredulity. Mr. C. W. Nash was told of the incident and recol- lected seeing pigeons light on Ashbridge's Bay on one occasion. He believed at first that they had lit on floating weeds, but he decided later that the water was deep at tjlie point in question. Mr. R. L. Strothers reported to Mr. Nash that he had shot at an unknown bird as it rose from his trout-pond where it had alighted to drink, and was much surprised to find that he had killed a Carrier Pigeon, one of the races of the domestic pigeon. Harting' mentions that Wood Pigeons {Columha palumhus) and domestic pigeons have t^iis habit, and as he is one of the few observers who mention it the item is worth quoting. "In very hot weather Wood (as well as house pigeons) may alighting occasionally on the s'u water to drink, and after a few flying off again (Field, June July 3, 1875)." So far as I am aware most wr the Passenger Pigeon (Ecfopisies torius) make no reference to this Pigeons be seen rface of seconds 26 and iters on migra- species 1 Harting. Handbook of British Birds, p. 124. May, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 99 drinkiiis: from the surface of the water. \V. A. Linkletter^ writing in Rod and Clun records some interesting notes which show tliat t/ie Passenger Pigeon also drank from the surface of the water. Tlie apposite portion of his article is ({uoted below : "I wish to mention several peculiar- ities which I deem no other variety of birds have. Having lived with them for thirty years I had an opportunity to learn things about them which few people ever enjoyed. And of the numerous art- icles which I have seen in print in re- gard to them, none of the writers men- tioned any of the peculiar capers which the pigeons cut. Alt/iough they were not water-fowl, if there was no other way to get to the water they would ' light on the water with their wings half spread and after drinking they would clear the water at one flap of the wings. ' ' This observer notes an important point — the wings were "half spread", doubt- less to keep them dr}'. His evidence is that this species also alighted on the sur- face and did not drink while hovering over it, for he says: "After drinking they would clear the water with one flap of the wings. To sum up, the domestic pigeon (which is descended from the Rock Dove of Eu- rope) and the Wood Pigeon of Europe, exhibit, and the Passenger Pigeon of Nortji America esliibited, even if rarely, the ;iabit of alighting upon water to drink. Perhai)s observation will show that many ( ther species of the great Order Columbae have similar habits. The occurrence of this habit in the gen- era Ectopistes and Colum'ba shows that it is wide-spread. Have these different spe- eies all acquired suc]i a curious habit inde- nendentlv or has it an ancient foundation? Habits may be more or less transient and the habit of the pigeons under discussion is too rare to warrant specific conclusions, but it sliould not be forgotten that many groups of birds which are considered as related to the Pigeons are aquatic. Pycraft'- shows the following grou])s allied with the Pigeons in the Charadrii- formes (Plover-like birds). The groups nuiy be separated as follows : — Terrestrial. Turnix (European and Australian Quail), Columbi (Pigeons), Pterocles (Sand Grouse). Aquatic. T.hinocorys (Seed-Plovers), Glareoli (Cour- sers), Chionis (Sheath-bills), Dromas -(Crab-Plovers), Alcidae (Auks), Lari (Gulls), Oedicnemidae (Stone-Curlews), Charadrii (Plovers). HoYEs Lloyd. 1 Rod and Gun in Canada, December. 1920, ]). 754. -A History of Birds, Chap. Ill, p. 41. Freshwater Crustacea from Canada. Additional specimens of Gammarus lini- naeus from British Columbia (see Vol. XXXIV, p. 130), have been received from :\Ir. and Mrs. T. L. Thacker, of Little Mountain, Hope, B. C. They comprise very young and half-grown individuals from the following localities: Little Mountain, Hope, B. C, March- April, 1918. Sucker Creek, Hope, B. C, July 30. 1921. Nicomecal River, and two small creeks running into it, about one-half mile south of Langley Prairie Station, B. C, August 5, 1921. In the article referred to above, p. 128, I stated that anot.her amphipod, Ponfopo- rcia dffiim, /lad so far only been found in the sea. Dr. Chaneey Juday, of the University of Wisconsin, Madison,, tells me in a letter tlu)t the species (identified by Prof. G. 0. Sars of Christiania) is common in Green Lake, Wisconsin, and has been found also in certain lakes in New York State. Equally interesting is its oc- currence in the deeper parts of certain large lakes in the Scandinavian countries (Denmark, Norway, Sweden), and in Rus- sia, where it is generally considered (see e.g. Wesenberg-Lund, in Kgl. Danske Vi- deuskah. Selsk. Skrift., 1902 and 1917) a typical, glacial relict-form, in the same way as the schizopod, Mysis relicta Loven, also occurring there and in certain lakes upon this continent (see II. L. Schmitt, in Rep. Can. Arctic E.rped. 1913-18, V<;1. VII, Part B, p. 3). Some recent autjiors think it more probable that neither Pon- toporeia af finis nor Mysis relicta are "rel- 100 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. icts, " but have immigrated to the lakes they now inhabit, at the end of the glacial jieviod. The records of Pontoporeia affinis from •salt water include the north coast of Al- aska (Canadian Bay), the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the North Atlantic south to France, besides the Kattegat, Baltic and Kijra Seas (see Bep. Can. Arctic Exped., Vol. VII, Part B, p. IT)). Frits Johansen. Additional Species For The List of Coldstream Birds. (Continued from Vol. XXXIV, p. 53.) 195. Empidonax virescens. — Acadian Fly- catcher. Took a male on May 26, 1921, being the first record for this country. 196. Hesperiphona vespertina, — Evening Grosbeak. On Jan. 5, 1919, a flock of nine ap- peared here, some of which remained until the end of the month. Also lo- cated a flock of twenty -five which had roosted in spruce trees on a farmer's lawn for nearly two weeks. Several birds were noticed working around basswood seeds, but all stomachs ex- amined contained only maple seeds. 197. BomhijciUa garrula, — Bohemian Waxwing. Secured two males here, Jan. 30, 1920. R. T. Hedley records a flock of six- teen on Feb. 3, a few miles south of here, and a large flock two miles east of Duncrief, the week before. 198. Dendroica vigorsi, — Pine "Warbler. Took a male June 9, 1920. 199. Seiurus motacilla, — Louisiana Water Thrush. A male taken by W. R. Campbell, four miles west of Coldstream, June 2, 1913. 200. Poithe^tes hudsonicus, — Hudsoiiiaii ■ Chickadee. A male taken Oct. 31, 1919, and a fe- male, Nov. 28. The only individuals noted here. Their notes and actions much slower than atrica- were very pillus. A, A. Wood. Starling at London. On the morning of May 15th, 1921, sev- eral members of our Bird Club motored to Port Stanley to spend a few hours with the birds. We found them very numerous and in the sheltered nooks the air was full of song. The principal item of interest was t]ie finding of three Starlings along the lake front. Our attention was called by their harsh guttural notes; although they flew away several times, they always returned to the tall dead tree where we first noticed them. This is the first record for the Starling -for our vicinity. We have another interesting visitor to report in Henslow's Sparrow. It was first noticed on May 4th and remained in the same field for ten days. In fact it may still be there, but we were unable to catch its insignificant "song" on our last visit or two to the field on account of the num- ber of Bobolinks, Kingbirds and Goldfinches that were flying about and filling the air with a babel of song. This is the second record for London (one having been .heard last spring), and the bird has only been re- ported from some three other places in Ontario. E. M. S. Dale, London, Ont. "»« LIBRARY THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATUR^LTS'f' # VOL. XXXV. GARDENVALE, QUE., September 1921 No. G OxN A NEW HELIOZOON FROM VANCOUVER ISLAND By Chas. H. O'Donoghue, D.Sc, F.Z.S., Professor of Zoology, University of Manitoba. (Fi'om the Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.) On the 25th of May Mrs. Eclitli Berkeley brought in some water, mnd and debris from a small pond near the top of a hill- above Hammond Bay Lagoon, about 420 feet above sea level. In this she noticed a very large Heliozoon, which she kindly handed to me for. examination. The pond is quite small and shallow, surrounded by a close gl'0^^i:h of alders, and is apparently permanent. It contains a plentiful supply of several species of Algae (Spirogyra, etc.), numerous fly larvae, beetles and larvae, Copepods, Cla- docera, and Hydra vindis and a number of flagellate forms. The available literature has not yielded a description of a similar form nor is there anything like it in Wailes' excellent mono- grapli number of this order (1) or Leidy's account of the Freshwater Rhizopoda of North America. As the present organism is remarkable in several respects, it seems worthy of putting on record. The animal is of very large size and ap- pears to the naked eye as a briglit green sphere with a hyaline cover 2mm. in diameter; indeed, it was so large that it was at first thought that it miglit be a colony. Closer examination showed that this was not the case and that it was a solitary form, so that it is probably the largest Heliozoon known, the only one ap- proaching it being Acirnosphaerinm eichhornii, which may attain a diameter' of 1mm. It belongs to the sub-order Chalaro- thoraca in which the largest member is probably Raphidiophrys viridis, which (1) The British Freshwater Rhizopoda and Heliozoa, by J. Cash, G. H. Wailes and J. Hop- kinson. Vol. V, Heliozoa, by G. H. Wailes, Lon- don, Ray Society, 1921. may reach 90 micra or the colony 190 micra The present species is then approximately 22 times the diameter of the individual or 10 times that of the colony. The body is spherical and measures 1.486mm. in diameter; it is enclosed in a mucilaginous envelope .540mm. thick. Be- yond this again the stiff pseudopodia ex- tend 1.892mm. so that the total diameter of the whole organism is 3.918mm. The pseudopodia are quite numerous, reg- ularly arranged and project to an equal distance on all sides. They appear quite stiff and were not seen in active move- ment. The mucous envelope was only slightly granular and contained a few tiny spherical algae and still fewer some- what spindle-shaped ones. On the outside of it were sparsely scattered tiny curved spicules apparently siliceous and some- what pointed at each end. The envelope ran up a short distance on each pseudo- podium. pjg. 1._ RAPHIDIOPHRYS MAGNA, general view. The darker area situated slightly excen- tricaily represents the nucleus and endoplasm. A. — A small portion of the symbiotic Algae to show their characteristic dendritic arrange- ment. 102 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. The ectoplasm of the animal was quite tion for more than six weeks in the hope granular as far as was observed, had no that it would divide, but unfortunately contractile vacuole, and contained a large during an absence on a collecting trip in number of green cells. The zoochlorel- the hot weather it apparently died, for it lae, however, were not scattered about in- disappeared and nothing like it has been discriminately, but were arranged in a seen since in the small glass aquarium very characteristic dendritic manner and in which it Avas kept, so filled the ectoplasm that the internal Using tlie classification by Wailes it details could not be made out. The basal belongs to the sub-order Chalarothoraca, stalk of each group started right deep i.e., Heliozoa having an external envelope down and branched frequently as it passed composed of solid elements with or with- outwards, thus producing a tree-like ef- out a matrix of plasma. It also fits in feet with the short branches on the peri- most closely with his definition of the phery. All the threads were of equal di- Genus Eapkidiop.hr!js, i.e., body enclosed ameter and appeared to be composed of a in a mucilaginous envelope containing spi- series of units placed end to end, each one cules (spindle, awl or disc-shaped), which containing a large green chloroplast in normally extend outwards along the pseu- the middle and having almost transparent dopodia ; nucleus and endoplasm placed ends. The result was that the thread had eccentrically. a banded appearance. Provisionally, pending an opportunity The nucleus and presumably the endo- for more detailed study, it is proposed to plasm w'as eccentrically situated and could place it in this genus with the name ^op- only be seen by transmitted light. hidiophrys magna to indicate its large The animal was kept under observa- size. GLEANINGS FROM THE CANADIAN WEST. PART II. MAMMALIAN FAUNA OF ISLAY, ALBERTA. By J. Dewey Soper. What seems to me an interesting and densis) as well. The second is the park- essential consideration in respect to an like country which lies for the most part animal study (aside of course from tax- quite distinct and selpara'ted from the onomical and anatomical aspects), is the water courses, alternating its various- proper conception or imagery of its sur- sized aspen (P. tremuloides) woods witli roundings. So often the animal and its prairie-land. This is very picturesque environment are surprisingly linked, again ground and particularly beautiful in au- clearly dual, or as in some instances like tumn. In contiguity to lakes, it becomes Blarina and Peromyscus, of remarkable practically an epitome of the last. The adaptability. In short, if we would really last, the prairie, seems self-explainable, know the animal we need the knowledge but wide differences obtain even here from of its habitat and abode. To assist in this, place to place. The Islay prairie, in tlic I have considered it proper to delineate first place, is not entirely bald like that in a few words the floral circumstances of some localities ; neither is it on a dead of the region around Islay. level, both of which conditions add no- It permits of three settings, the wooded; thing to its attractiveness in my opinion, semi-wooded ; and the prairie. The first The surface describes an easy undulation, is the usual poplar forest of the west, oc- composed of greater and lesser swells and curring in unbroken continuity only in occasional engaging elevations such as the the river valleys and their vicinity. This Twin Hills to the west and the Blackfoot refers solely to the region of whieli I Range, so called, to the south. Every- write, for in some places this is not the where in this panorama are liberally case. In the Vermilion and Saskatche- dotted aspen bluffs of manifold shapes wan valleys vigorous specimens of the and sizes; clumps of wolf-willow scatter- balsam poplar (P. halsamifera) also occu", ed in between; and in every considerable and in places the white spruce (P. cana- depression, rings of red-willow^ that sur- September, 11>21.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 103 round grassy lagoons that were one-time sloiiglis. The first and last growths keep to liigli and low land respectively, while the wolf-willow seems to favor slopes and steep places, never in soaked depressions, but Avithal ranging indifferently. As a whole, the Islay prairies assume most in- terest, both from botanical and biological vie^i^oints, in proportion to their depart- ure from monotonous nudity. In addition to the country surrounding Islay, wherein the major number of my zoological excursions were confined, that is, in a four mile limit bounded l)y the Twin Hills to the west and Island Lake to the south, I had several opportunities of visiting remoter ground, the most in- teresting of which was to Laurier Lake on September 1, on w'hich I Avish to re- mark. It seems best, by w^ay of present- ing the facts in its connection, to couch it in narrative rather than in disjointed and purely technical form, in which latter much that gives tone to, and conception of, a visited region is necessarily lost. As this locality has never previously been investi- gated by any naturalist so far as I know, it seems more imperative to do a measure of justice to it at once. Laurier Lake lies forty miles to the north of Islay, our proposed destination for the trip. The Vermilion and Saskat- cheAvan Rivers must be crossed at a dis- tance of five and thirty miles respecti\'ely. The car, our means of conveyance, AA-as duly equipped tlie previous niglit for the outing, and all made ready for Avhat AVe all anticipated as a great day's sport; nor AA'-ere we disappointed in the smallest i)art. I should perhaps mention that the first Avas the opening day of the sliooting sea- son. The morning daAA''ned in the mo^t dispiriting manner, rain seemed imminent, but to experience the proper thrill Avith the day. and ucav country ahead, it seemed imperatiA-e to start Avith the daAATi. Our judgment proA'ed excellent, for by mid- forenoon the Avhole country Avas radiant Avitli the matchless splendor of an Alberta morning. NcA^er could skies be bluer or air so ra: e. As Ave spun along, occasional s, iar|)-tHilt'(l grouse sprang wildly from the grassy trail with a staccato cue, cue, cue, cue, cue, punctuating as tliey went Iheir soaring and flapping flight. No- thing surely is more typically AA^estern and buovant than these big handsome liirds. Just before descending into the Vermilion valley Ave had a glimpse of a Franklin's ground squirrel as it scampered into an aspen bluff beside the trail, the only one of the species I saAv in the Avest. As the forenoon adA^anced the birds got AA^armed into action, and hourly before dinner Avere more in evidence. The near-by shrubbery trembled and flashed occasionally AA'ith passing Avarblers, and sparroAA^s languidly tAvittered half-hearted snatches of song, fall-like and disconsolate. And that sea- son, the fall of the leaf had seemed ac- tually to have arriA'cd, for the first feAV mourners were even now rocking sloAvly to earth. Tlie very air had a hue or qual- ity of autumnal vigor and adventure. Flickers Avatchfully explored the patches of prairie ; robins in social flocks drove swiftly by with a cheep, cheep. Swainson's stately haAvk cleaved the sky in level circles; and the delectable mountain blue- bird, so tender and so elegant, chanced often to cross our path. About ten a.m. Ave neared a series of shalloAv and grassy sloughs dotted Avith a fcAv shoveller an(l i-uddy di'cks, and of more than passing interest in the AA^heel- ing and settling flocks of sandpipers that sought its plasliy margins. Three species Avere plainly present, AA'hich after some studied "collecting"' proved to be the lesser yellow, pectoral, and Baird's sand- pipers. The latter Avas one of those choice finds, counted so to me, Avhich comes ncAV and unexpected. Until sending it to Ot- taAva I had mistaken it for the Least sandpiper, Avhich it closely resembles. We were noAv in the vicinity of the Ridge, a moraine-like elevation stretching for miles on either hand, and locally of interest because of the Indian graves which are said to dot its sides. Aceordina' to ru- mor, the Avarrior dead Avere buried there after a retreat from the bloody massacre, during the rebellion, AA'hich occurred near the mouth of the Saskatchewan. As this location is some tAA'enty miles from the Ridge, the AA^ounded evidently needed some help, especially the ones who forcA'er Avill remain on the Ridge. I had no time to verify the existence of the graves, but I believe without doubt, remembering the source of my information, that they are there. The AAdiole country should be in- teresting. anthropologicallA', for it seems 104 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. a, vast burying ground for that departing race ; here and there about tlie country- relics are frequently found, and in two in- stances in fact, I have knowledge of their discovery. Both specimens I have in my possession. The one is a stone-hammer, three pounds in weight and in perfect condition (with the exception of a single chip out of one side), which I found near the Twin Hills. The other is a round stone ball, three inches in diameter and one pound in weight, picked up in a locality a few miles south of Islay where many others similar in weight and identical in appearance have been formerly found. The panorama from the crest of the Ridge is a memorable one. The majestic prairies, alternating with aspen woods and terminating in the distant blue hills of the Saskatchewan, seem so peaceful and primeval that only a rugged column of buffalo is required to complete the circum- ference of one's reflection. Nearing the Saskatchewan, the woods become denser and more continuous, until, entering the valley system itself, the balsam poplars thrive in vigorous groves ; the aspens crowd thicker and thicker and attain to grea'^er height, and a few birch silhouet- ted here and there foreshadow the genuine borean forests. A peculiarity of these woods, and doubtless remarked by anyone passing them, is the exhalation of a mildly pungent and sour aroma that character- izes them, particularly during the fall, with the decadence of the leaves, and es- pecially towards sun-down. It is neither fragrant nor wholly disagreeable, but re- markable for an illusive quality that in- spires a really unmistakable tingle of ad- venture. It is but one of the many odors of the autumn woods, that make of a trip there a thing of rare enjoyment. Ferrying across the muddy Saskatche- wan with its surrounding wilderness of forested hills was not the least of the day's attractions; nor was the ascent by the winding wooded trail beyond. A pro- per panoramic view of this valley long lingers in the recollection. On a jutting sand-bar at the bend of the river, deer trails were in evidence ; and the bar was said by the government ferryman here to be a regular resort to which they came from the woods to drink. Although it was merely fortuitous, we noted no rjffed grouse until nor h cf the river, but now they frequently rose at our ap- proach and bulleted through the woods. More often, however, as is their usual cus- torn in the west, they merely walked slowly and pertly from view, Avhimsieally cluck- ing and spreading ruff and tail. All along the route the prairie rose still bloomed, and occasional sequestered hol- lows were blue with violets even at this advanced date. Four species of fungi were noted all along the way, being, or most resembling, Fsaihijrella disseminata ; Le- piota naucinoides; Caluatia canifonnis; and Caluatia (jigantiea. It is of further interest to note that neither the common raspberry nor hazel bush was observed until north of the river, becoming then of common occurrence. The lakes are a particularly interesting locality. The conditions are so diversi- fied that doubtless an equally divergent series of small mammals could be taken there consistent with it. My stay, unhap- pily, was of short duration, or much of the wistful speculation which I secretly bo'e to the woods would liave become an instructive reality. In theoiy one has all the small mammals possible to the region, each in its own peculiar situation, from Evotomys gapperi in the mossy spruce swamps, to Peromyscus boreal is on the as- pen ridges, besides all the intermediates. The jumping deer are residents here, for numerous trails belonging to them were observed on the sandy beach at Laurier Lake. The latter is a fine body of water of considerable size, and yields several species of fish, some of which attain to very respectable dimensions. Whitney Lake, its sister, about a mile distant, is neither so large nor becoming, but its tortuous shore-line, with numerous se- cluded bays hemmed in darkly by the woods, creates aJ resort among the water- fowl that is quite unknown to the other. The day we were fhere, a single duck, a horned grebe, and two herring gulls, so far as I remember, were the only fowl we saw on Laurier, while on Whitney some coves were fairly black with them. Both lakes are surrounded by heavy coniferous woods, consisting of white spruce (Picea canadensis), tamarack, {Larix caricena), paper birch {Betida edha), balsam poplar (Popidus halsaniife a), and the trembling Septeml)ei\ 1921.] The Canadian Field-Natukalist. 105 aspen {Populus tremuloides). The eoni- fers range back only a comparatively short distance from the lakes, forming an encircling collar about them, then being replaced entirely by the usual growth of aspen. The soil in places is very sandy, notably a streak between and to one side of the lakes, on which subsist small ex- amples of jack pine {Pinus hanksiana), developing further along into quite ex- tensive groves. The general effect of the landscape reminds one of the stunted for- ests in the region of Lake Superior, par- ticularly in the Hudsonian zone. The an- alogy is further heightened by deep spongy ground-moss that covers the low areas in places near the lakes, the logs and trunks covered with dull lichens, and the "old man's beard" that waves from the sepulchral spruces. Richardson Ground Sqhirrel. Citcllus richardsonii (SaMne). The Richardson ground squirrel by far exceeds in number any other mammal of the region, with one exception, and !hat doubtful — microtiis drummondii. Col- onies are nowhere extensive, due no doubt to the proximity of its northern limit (none were observed north of the Saskat- chewan river) ; but individuals are scat- tered everywhere in hundreds. The most flourishing colonies are invariably found on high rolling lands usually on the slopes, and preferably in gravelly clay, but burrows are evident in all but the wettest locations. In places the com- parative smoothness of the prairie is broken by innumerable dark earth heaps, throaty burrow entrances, and sunken runs. These last are used regularly as highways from one community to another, and as a rule are traceable by the eye from a distance, especially if viewed from a slight elevation. Like life, as a maze of endless continuity with its thousand cur- rents crossing and counter-crossing and crossing again, these little prairie trails lead hither and thither, a perfect laby- rinth, to both puzzle and entertain. In long grass or grain this system becomes, of course, much less evident, if not entirely hidden. My first day at Islay, August 27, was principall.y taken up with this animal, both because of its abundance and the im- mediate access to its study. If approached slowly, ground squirrels or gophers re- main head and shoulders exposed until your nearness sends them earthward at a vital moment with a flick of the tail and a husky whistle. A few are content to court human company at short range, feeding meanwhile within easy access of their burrows, but others again disappear at the first alarm. When sitting erect or crouched at burrow-mouth, somewhat tim- orous or moved by mildly-excited curios- ity, a striking characteristic is the upward flick of the tail in time to a husky chirp. From this it has doubtless derived the local appellation of flicker-tail. An in- teresting experience when a whole colony has been frightened underground is to lie motionless on the prairie, and watch them reappear one by one and resume their several inclinations, which they readily do in a few minutes. Apparently already forgetful of their recent alarm, the}^ exchange in low drowsy calls their expression of content in the mellow sun- shine of the morning. During September, in certain localities, hundreds of small drillings in the soil indicate the ground squirrels' activity in garnering a species of grass root or bulb. They also collect, so I was informed, the red berry of the Avild rose and a low shrub blueberry resembling the huckleberry which grows sparsely on the prairie. In addition to these, they take a heavy an- nual toll from the grain-fields. At Islay the gophers' nearest mammal neighbors are th€ two species of vole, the long-tailed weasel, and the badger. Habit- -ually the two last prey upon the three first. On numerous occasions I have seen groups of badger borings in ground squir- rel colonies with the evident purpose of feasting on those animals, but it is usually hard to tell with what success the badger meets. Some holes are shallow, while others are several feet in depth ; the for- mer I presume are merely prospect shafts. As the badger digs anywhere in the wild- est abandon, without reserve, art or dis- crimination, it is often difficult and even impossible to decide which are dens and which prospects. Even after the snowfall of Oct. 8, these prospect shafts continued for a time as numerous and fresh as ever, lOG I'm: Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. and were particularly eonspicuoiis against the white of the landscape. After the show I followed weasel trails frequently and found that they freely went in and out of all gopher dens that lay conveniently to their course. As a diet the gopher is evidently highly re- garded by this animal, but I found it im- possible to ascertain when they explored with success. It was incredible that there could have been a gopher in each of the burrows visited, for in the course of a night's run they seemed almost innumer- able. I never had' the patience to follow to the end in all its intricacies the night's trail of an ermine, although my wander- ings in this regard have been really exten- sive as a whole, and not without a like measure of enlightenment and pleasure. An old plainsman told me that once from his horse, he watched a prairie weasel enter a Richardson's ground squirrel colony when tlie majority of the members were under ground. He bounded easily but furtively about from mound to hollow and througli"^ herbage, lithe as a reptile, and nosing the ground occcasionally like a hound. Presently there caught his eye an isolated and unlucky gopher liberally separated from his burrow. The latter was feeding with his back towards the weasel, but at this moment, apprehending danger by some subtlety, he clumsily wheel- ed and made a few frightened jumps to- wards his home. -The weasel met him with the thirst of conquest, sever- ing all hope of escape. In a flash the gopher, realizing this, sank back threateningly, chattering and screeching hoarsely with terror; the next breath and the two were mixed in combat. But, stran- ge to relate, attracted by the confusion of wails and weird vocal pirouettings from the expiring gopher, relatives and neigh- bors shot out everjnvhere from their bur- rows, and poured in one averting or aveng- ing mob about the ears of the aggressor. Left alone with one gopher the weasel is un- doubtedly happy, but this chippering, champing, insane rabble was too much. He . breasted the tide gallantly for a while, lost heart, and remembered a pressing engage- ment in another quarter; or were the grapes sour anyway? A few gophers fol- lowed him for a short distance by way of impressing further the ignominy of defea", then returned with declining ardor to dis- perse gradually to their separate dens. My informant remarked that the wliole was so quickly enacted that he sat in the saddle half bewildered, scarcely able to compre- liend the fleeting bit of wild drama that had passed before his eyes. Even the out- raged gopher, he said, had so far recover- ed, that when he rode down into the colony it too limped its way along and dissappear- ed, leaving the prairie still and deserted. In regard to the hibernation of this go- pher I was agreeably surprised. I had re- ceived the impression in some manner that, like the woodchucks of the east, they dis- appeared in mid-September; instead," how- ever, they braved the rigors of October and even that of November. After the snow- fall of October 7 they dug upwards through the snow as numerous as ever, but the suc- ceeding cold and snow put the majority under by the middle of the month. On October 29, near a wolf-willow clump on the prairie, I noticed where an ambitious individual had tunnelled along under a few inches of snow for over twenty feet. Tliis subterranean work was carried at in- tervals so near the surface that detached portions caved in, exposing the run below. In other instances, by the dirt mixed with the snow, the passage seemed driven di- rectly in contact with the earth. For several days in early November, though the mer- cury was much below zero, an unusually hardy animal, reluctant to assume the long sleep, daily scampered to and fro be- tween den holes in the snow separated by several yards. Franklin Ground Squirrel. Citellus franklinii (Sabine). The northern range-limit of this brush- land cousin of Richardson's gopher, must almost coincide with that of the latter animal, from all information I could get; but in point of abundance there is no com- parison between the tAvo. Richardson's squirrel is almost everywhere south of the Saskatchewan, while Franklin's seems highly restricted in its range, and at Islay is nearly absent. I sighted one as it ran into a bluff near tlie Vermilion river on September 1, but never saw another, al- though five days later on a beautiful after- noon I hunted tliis and other promising localities along the valley until nearly night. Search for them in other localities was likewise fruitless^ Information from September, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 107 several sources indicated that it was more likely to occur on the brushy west slopes of Pleasaiit Valley tlian anywhere else, a locality I was unable to visit. I had also reports of its occurience in the region of Raft Lake, where it visits the portable graineries drawn up near the woods. Striped Gopher. Citellus tridecemlineatus tridecemlineatus (Mitchell). Rare at Islay. It seems strange that the single individual responsible for this entry should have made its home under the very foot-path of the village. But there it was, well satisfied apparently with the resound- ing tread of feet above its head. Old in- habitants recognized it as an animal oc- curring at various points throughout the region. Little Chipmunk. Eutamias quadrivittatus horealis (Allen). Mr. Sydney Blair of Dewberr}-, a keen and interested observer, states that the little chipmunk ranges in the dry aspen woods surrounding Raft Lake, often making excursions to the fringes of the grain fields which here meet the Avoods. I ex- pected to find it in the Vermilion valley, but, as in the case of the Franklin 's ground squirrel, my most ardent exploration failed to discover it. After an acijuaintance with it at Edmonton I felt particularly desirous of seeing it again, but that pleasure was denied. Hudson Bay Flying Squirrel. Sciuropterus sahrinus sahiinus (Shaw). Reported as occurring in the mixed and denser portions of the spruce and poplar woods at Raft Lake. Doubtless, may be found also along the Saskatchewan and perhaps Vermilion rivers, as frequently I secured them under like conditions at Ed- monton. Hudson Bay Red Squirrel. Collected on September 1st a single spec- imen (male) in the spruce woods off the ■ east shore of Whitney Lake. The summer pelage i^hows no sign of shedding. The un- derparts are distinctly more creamy-buff than any of my earliest October specimens taken at Ridout, northern Ontario, 1918. This specimen measures : Length, 310; Tail, 115; Foot, 48.5. Bulky nests of shredded bark etc., belonging to this animal, were fairly common in the conifers at Whitney. The only sign I saw of it at Laurier Lake was a fragment of mushroom wedged in the branches of a large spruce. Prairie Hare. Lepus campesfris campestris (Bachman). Formerly unknown, but gradually mi- grating northwards. During my stay one was flushed on a grain field a bare mile south-west of the village, Avhich was af- firmed by all with whom I talked voncern- ing it as the first known event of the prai- rie hare in the vicinity. It had never pre- viously been seen nearer than sixteen miles to the south, and that only a single indi- vidual three years before. The northward fringe of its range seemed indefinitely fix- ed away to the south, of late years pushed polewards by a few adventures on a line Avith Wainright, until this fall a crusader appeared far beyond the natural range, perhaps the advance-guard of a general future movement. The clearance of the land is undoubtedly the incentive, much like the invasion of southeir Ontario by the prairie mouse (P. m. hairdii) of late years. Snowshoe Rabbit. Lepus americanus americanus (Erxleben.) Scarce this fall, but in the recurring cy- cle of its septennial abundance scouring the countr}- in thousands. Sometimes, ac- cording to an informant, entire aspen bluffs are 'barked' until they die. After the snow fall of October 7, their widely scattered trails were occasionally seen. Canada Woodchuck. Marmota monax canadensis (Erxleben). Occurs olily very sparingly at Islay, and perhaps so over the entire west. Any individuals which I have seen were no- ticeably smaller than the familiar wood- chuck of the east. A specimen taken at Edmonton in September 1912 was only about two-thirds the size, reddish and griz- zled however similar to the latter. This may have been an adolescent. Badger. Taxidea taxus taxus (Schreber). Very common : badger holes were in evidence at intervals nearl}^ everywhere. Most of these were doubtless prospect shafts in search of gophers. Sometimes in colo- nies of the latter a half dozen may be sunk 108 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. in a single night in addition to much tra- velling and digging in other places. They are powerful and effective excavators and what may be assumed as the work of se- veral may be the work of one. [ shot one near the Vermilion in early September. Dusk Avas just creeping over the prairie, when passing near a cut bank we caught a glnnpse of something moving about, and approaching saw one of these animals slouch into a hole it had freshly dug there. It soon reappeared, sniffing curiously, with its nose high in the air, then_ suddenly disappeared again. After a wait of five minutes it boldly repeated its tactics in nu attempt to solve the mystery of its visitors. Canada Lynx. Li/)i.r canadensis canadensis (Kerr). Formerly common in the wooded Ver- milion basin, and apparently a few still breeding there, but now nearly trapped to extinction. Last year an adult and two young were killed three miles north of islay. Porcupine. Errfhlzon dorsatuin dorsatum (Linnaeus). At Islay the porcupine is encountered only at very rare intervals. The nearest woods of any particular density lie along the Vermilion river four miles to the north. While driving in this basin on July first two years ago, my brother-in-law Mr. Wil- liam East of Islay came upon one loitering near the trail. This is the only one he had seen there after many years residence. Muskrat. Ondatra zihethica spatulata (Osgood). Perhaps a great factor in the general depletion of this animal of late years has been the gradual subsidence of scores of sloughs and small lakes throughout the re- gion, until now great numbers are either totally dry or nearing that condition. An area of hundreds of acres west of town, once a lake ten feet in depth and the home of hundreds of rats, is now as dry as the rest of the open range, fed over by stock and yielding alike good crops of natural hay and Drummond's vole. A tract op- posite the station which a few years ago provided excellent duck shooting, is now entirely dry. Scores of like incidents could be cited. The lakes remaining are of course gradually .sinking, and, as at Is- land Lake, one time islands are slowly rising to the dignity of peninsulas when lying off shore. Richardson's ground squirrel has already established himself on these with alacrity. It is estimated that between one and two thousand muskrats inhabited the dried-up lake west of Islay in pre-settlement days. This has an area of approximately one and a half square miles. Two trappers, operating between Edmonton and Vermilion via the Vermi- lion lakes in 1908, took for fall and spring 3,900 muskrat skins. From Manville to Vermilion, 'on the Vermilion river, a dis- tance of about fifty miles, one party in the old days took 2,500 skins, and I under- stand this was for the fall only.' Today the majority of these places are nearly destitute. Prairie Skunk. Mephitis hudsonica (Richardson). This species is not at all common but is generally known throughout the country. Mink. Mustela vison vison (Sehreber). Very rare. Only one mink trail ol)- served in thirteen years by an old resident pioneer. This was on a mud bar of the Vermilion. Canadian Beaver. Castor canadensis canadensis (Kuhl). Almost exterminated. One family of bank beaver known to exist still near the confluence of the Vermilion and Saskat- chewan rivers. Prairie Wolf or Coyote. Canis latrans (Say). Much more plentiful formerly, but still common. On November 23 five locally caught skins were sold in the village. Numerous animals were sighted during the fall. Some time in October, after the snow, one intrepid individual raced ahead of our car down the trail, leaving it only , as we approached to within about twenty- I five yards, then side-stepping just suffi- cient to get screen behind some low wil- lows that lined the ditch. As we dashed by he stood there partly visible, wearing a languid quizzical grin that was comical in the extreme. After the snow fall of Oc- tober 7, 8, to sight their trails was a daily occurrence. ^Hptember, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 109 Long-Tailed Weasel. Must el a longicauda longicauda (Bonapar'e). A very common species uii the prairie, but their presence, unless by one pur- posely seeking them, would pass unsuspect- ed. A specimen taken on October 18 was still brown dorsally, but shedding rapidly, witli a thick fine coat of white replacing it l)eneath. About November 3 half of the specmiens collected had a scattered but diminishing quantity of brown, while all those after the sixth were pure white. A wide-spread individual variation prevails in completing the moult, although each and all, it will be noted, exist under the same local conditions. Occasional weasels had completed the moult before November 1, wliile others in a like environment a week later still presented a thin brown shade tlicii' entire dorsal length. Following are the measurements of lon- gicauda taken in the vicinity of Islay. Sex Length Tail Vert. H. Foot Male 430 140 50 Male 450 155 50 Male 445 155 50 Male 475 175 50 Female 390 140 45 Female 365 125 40 Female 370 130 42 Female 400 145 45 Female 375 .125 47 Female 380 130 46 Throughout periods of intense cold and even winter storms the long-tailed weasel .seems to pursue activities without abate- ment. Many animals, thougli remaining active tliroughout tlie winter, are clearly more so during the lulls of fine weather. Often have I observed the suspended act- ivity of such as red squirrel and mink during and* succeeding violent winter storms. But the long-tail pays little heed to these. On November 5, although snow fell for the entire day before and part of the succeeding night, the ermine was found to have been around and about his business as usual. They doubtless travel on the coldest and stormiest nights of winter, and, in the case of the long-tailed species, over the bleakest aiid most ex- ]K scd 1-anges. Their chosen field is the open p-airie wliere they wander erratically from place to place, visiting wolf-willow clumps, go- pher holes, odd stones, aspen bluffs, and anv other irregularities which appear in their line of travel. Their life seems an endless roving in .search of food, conducted wi'hout design, lacking home and appa- rent destination. This may be regarded as a superficial impression. Having spent many hours upon their trails in the snow and cold, unravelling as it seemed a clue to their very lives and destiny, I have dis- covered tlie opposite to be the truth. Al- though their wanderings seem the most er- ratic and inconsistent imaginable, there is yet beneath it a species of method. I have never been able to connect po.sitively their widely scattered trails with a fixed abode, but I have learned that they habitually re- turn again and again over the same route. The male in particular is perhaps always detached, leading an irregular and nomadic existence. While this may be true, it is seen that a relatively fixed locality is ad- hered to for their liunting, and is withal, considering theii- size, of very considerable extent. Drummond Vole. Mic ofus drummoudii (Audubon and Bachman). Despite the drouth of last summer, which doubtless had a negative effect on the pro- creation of such moisture-loving animals as this .species, it still remains, with one exception, the most abundant mammal of the region. It is found only in damp sit- uations or the nearest to this condition. Ranchers making hay in September on the dry lake bottom west of the village re- ported considerable numbers of this vole, and I found their runways in the arching grass of nearly all low moist places over the prairie. Their mo.st fruitful habita- tions are those cup-like depressions among the hills which were once brimming sloughs but now no moi.ster than the aver- age lowland pasture. They look odd now, with the precise elliptical willow borders surrounding those hollow and grassy la- goons. The vegetation in these places is quite luxuriant, opulent with the fra- grance of pennyroyal, and mysticall.y en- tangled enough for any rodent recluse. The ground, covered with herbage, is b:cken into myriads of little hummocks, among which the eccentric trails wind and criss-cross about, some expunged in the near distance and others winding in baffling intricacy to finally disappear in miniature caverns in the turf. Tlie ^ rails 110 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. are neither so numerous nor well defined, however, as those I have seen in the east and north, where oftentimes the natural meadows were perfect labyrinths of in- terlacing trails, and vegetation and muck were irreparably united in highways of unusual foulness. Measurements of drummondii collected at I slay, Alberta. Sex Length Tail H. Foot Adult, Female .... 150 35 18 Adult, Male .... 140 35 17 Adol., Male 127 30 16 Juv., Male - 112 27 17 Juv., Male 95 20 16 Least Upland Vole. Microtus minor (Merriam). To me the discovery of this mouse was of more than ordinary pleasure ; not me- reh' because of its comparative rarity or its ne-waiess to me, but also because of the conditions it represented. It is not con- fined to dank bottomlands like drummon- dii but climbs to the racy pastures far above. It loves the prairie crests and its spicj^ winds, the flowing undulations of fragrant herbage, and the rustle of the wolf-willow. In the very expression 'up- land ' one feels a subtle suggestiveness that floats the mind instinctively to the lonely north, the north with its glamour of brooding plateaus, its silent and immut- able tundras. At Islay the upland vole casually occu- pies the lusher k»wlands, not much in ele- vation above drummondii, but always, so far as I could learn, on ground never sub- ject to inundation, which is distinct from that of the latter. The local habitat of the two, if not actually overlapping, certainly is subject to a very fine delimitation. In the matted grass of willow-grown but elevated flats it is as likely to be found as anywhere, although its presence is by no means as certain as the other species. When finally located its sparse trails will be found leading languidly among the willows, rose bushes, and herbage; tun- neled through the latter rather than over; fashioned round without a break for con- siderable distances. On the slopes or in creases of the prairie it lurks in grassy tangles beneath wolf-willow and aspen, and at times, as previously mentioned, turns to the very crest of ridges that are gilded with the first and last lights of dawn and sun- set. Unlike the vexing separation of many members of this genus, the present voles are palpably distinct ; with the two side by side, colour difference alone suffices to separate them. Drummondii, heavy set, and of a reddish-grey colour, contrasts clearly with the slighter build and silvery-grey of minor. For a time, while trapping, the occurrence of these two colorations, which I distinguished from the first, proved rather puzzling. Hav- ing no literature along led me er- roneously to imagine it a seasonal pliase on the same species. In trapping, however, I noticed that each 'phase' singularly api^eared separate, which led me very early to suspect the truth, as is shown in this journal entry : Sep- tember 26 — "A second specimen to- night of the grey microtus, both from the same trap. It would appear that this ani- mal is perhaps a distinct variety from. the reddish-grey vole. At any rate a cursory examination of the few microtus taken here suggests this ; ' ' and again for Septem- ber 27, I find in part this note: ''Succeed- ed in capturing another silvery-grey vole. Reference was made to this animal on both the 24th and 26th. This one of to-day as well as the others were all taken in the same trap and locality and only at a slight elevation and distance from the lower ground where I succeed in collecting only the'brownish voles. ' ' Islay is close to the northern limit of its range. Measurements of Islay specimens of microtus minor : Sex Length Tail Foot Male 110 IS 14 Male 115 IT 15 Female 115 .23 14 Female 108 IT 15 Female 116 22 15 Baird's Masked Shrew. Sorex {iersonatus haydeni (Baird). Only two of this diminutive and rather obscure animal were collected at Islaj^. Both were taken, in the same trap and in tlie same damp lowland where most of my drummond voles were captured. Tliey appear to be rather uncommon. A plains- man told me that in passing low places at night he had frequently seen these shrews darting across the trail under the glare of /iQ the head-light on his car. The two speci^jSi mens secured are noticeably smaller than / M September, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. Ill any of this species I have previously taken elsewliere. It was first thougrht that ihey would prove to be Microsorex hoyi, but a dental and cranial examination rendered them referable to the above personatus subspecies. Dr. R. M. Anderson of Otta- wa kindly identified these for me, as he tlid also all the other small mammals se- cured on the trip. The Islay specimens of haijde)ii measure: Length, 85-82; Tail, 24-22- Foot, 10.5-11 mm. In addition, I have the following state- ment from Mr. Henderson, Acting Chief of Bureau, U. S. Biological Survey : — "Your specimens have recently been crit- ically examined by Dr. Jackson, and he con- siders that they are referable to Sorex personatus haydeni as you suspected, al- tliough, as above intimated, your speci- mens are from a point considerably west of the previoush^ known range of this form. He reports that they approach S. personatus in relative narroAvness of the rostra and in color." Northern White-Footed Mouse. Peromyscus manicxdaim horeaUs (Mearns). At Islay the deer mouse is either very uncommon or exceedingly seclusive; I favor the former view-point. In all my rambles and exploring only a single spe- cimen was either seen or taken, and that only by merest accident. Usually a col- lector secures his specimens by clear de- sign and is rewarded in direct proportion as he may assiduously practise it, but my specimen came without that. I was walk- ing near the Twin Hills on Septeml)er 11 and close to some old homestead buildings Avhen, chancing to cross a portion of old board on the ground which I kicked in passing, an adult white-foot leaped away and danced about looking for escape, but that was rather reluctantly denied him. Without this contingency I should have been entirely unaware of the presence of this species. It shows a very pronounced darkish-brown dorsal band; buffy cheeks; white pencilling on the ear rim, and pallid plumbeous-grev underparts. Measure- ments: Length, 140; Tail, 40; Foot, 18, (Male). Jumping Mouse. S. Zapus hudsonicus. WV Not common. A single individual ob- ^\served on tlie north-western outskirts of the village. As so often occurs, it made its escape ; at times it requires about three men and a dog under the most favorable circumstances to successully compete with a jumper for its life. The Big Game. To a genuin-e nature-lover, one of the most ominous tendencies of the day at Islay is the gradual depletion of the big Tlie game must go of course as a game natural conse(|uence of settlement, and where it is going, Init not gone, it is still but a prophecy of the future. The gra- phic tales of eaiily days to which one eagerly listens now, portraying their wild and romantic abundance, perhaps on the very spot you occupy, serves but to ac- centuate their present absence, their ir- revocalile and irreconcilable loss. The comparative speed with which they some- times disappear is also a significant item. Previous to 1910 at Islay the moose and mule deei' were tolerably common in all the wooded river basins, but now both are gone entirely from the vicinity and a bare ten years has passed. While the moose may still be fouiul in pretty fair numbers a couvsiderable distance to the nortli, the other is considered nearly extinct. The blacktail deer, was formerly common, but is now very rare. Elk in the old days, ac- cording to information, came and went in sizable bands, but they are a stranger there now, and the nearest is a restricted company to the west of Primrose Lake a hundred miles to the north. The jumping deer has fared much better. As mentioned elsewhere, it is still found in the Saskat- chewan valley, and all through the woods northward to the lakes already referred to. Occasional ones may yet survive in the remoter nooks along the Vermilion river, especially towards its confluence with the Saskatchewan. AVhere other big game either perish or retreat, the jumper frequently loiters with impunity. It loves to dabble about the skirts of civilization, and even increases with a little encourage- ment. At Edmonton, in 1912, I often saw them or their fresh beds within three miles of the city, and that with a popula- tion of seventy thousand people. Instead of retreating like the wary moose, they linger on, secretively gazing on the strides of industry, relishing the settlers' first succulent crops, and then at last, succumb- ing on the soil of their birth. &^> 112 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. A CONTRIBUTION TO THE ALGAE FLORA OF THE OKANAGAN (BRITISH COLUMBIA). By E. D. SiSMEY. CLASS MYXOPHYCEAE. Order I. Coccogoneae. 1. Dactylococcopsis montana W. & G. S. West, in lake plankton. 2. Merisfuopodia elegans Braun, in ditch- es, April. 3. Aphanocapsa spec, not determined. Order II. Hormogoneae. Family. Scytonemaceae. 4. Scytonema myochros (Dillwyn) Ag- ardli, growing on rocks moistened by water at Peachland, May. Family. Nostoeaceae. 5. Nostoc depressum. Wood, Penticton Creek flnme, May. 6. N. microscopicum, Carmicheal, from squeezings of a water moss resem- bling Sp^iagnum, June. 7. Nodulnria spiimigena var. genuina, Bornet & Flaihault, in ponds Indian Re.serve, May. 8. N. Harveyana (Thwaites) Thiiret, in sloughs. Pen, May. 9. Avahaeiia inequalis (Kutz), Bornet & Flahault, small pond Indian Re- serve, June. .10. A. flosaquae, Breh, free floating in sloughs. Family. Oscillatoriaceae. 11. Phormidium autuninale (Ag) Gora, on wet rocks at Peachland, B. C, May. 12. Oscillatoria limosa, Ag. in small pond Dog Lake. 13. 0. formosa, Bory, Penticton sloughs. 14. 0. geminata, Menegh, outlet of a sep- tic tank. 15. O. (tyjuv dii, Gom, in pond Dog Lake Avith 0. princeps. 16. 0. pri))ccps, Vaueh, free floating balls in small pond Dog Lake. This huge Alga is uncommon. 17. (). horyana, Bory, at the outlet of a septic tank. 18. Spiridina major, Kutz, Penticton Creek in ponds. 19. N. Hieueg1ii)iia)ia. Zeiiard, moss squeez- ings. Family Rivulariaceae. 20. Rividaria pisum, Ag, in water moss, Dog Lake ; also on weeds. Ok Lake. 21. Calothrix parasitica (Chauvin), Thur- et, growing on a floating log. Dog Lake. Peridinieae. — I have omitted this group from this list not only because I have no literature on the subject, but because some authorities group them among the Flagellates. What- ever view is taken tjie Peridinieae may be left out without spoiling the general balance of the list. They are naturally a subject for a special study. The Peridinieae are of considerable economic importance as they are large storers of reserve food material, thus forming a basic food supply for count- less small organisms. . Bacillarieae. — The Diatoms are universally acknowledged to be a sub- ject for a special study. As some 12,000 species (including fossils) have now been described it is difficult to attempt to enumerate species in a list of this kind. At the same time, as Diatoms usually form a considerable proportion of the plankton gatherings I include several genera wit;h some specific identifications in my plank- ton notes of Okanagan Lake. In this respect the diatoms are of special in- terest in establishing periodicity curves, and also, en passont, a great many points of biological interest may be ol)served. CLASS CHLOROPHYCEAE. Division I. Isokontae. Order I. Protococcai.es. Family. Volvocaceae. Sub-family. Chlamydompnadeae 22. Chlamynomonas spec, in slough plank- ton. Identification of species a mat- ter of great difficulty, there being a difference of opinion among the best authorities. The Genus Chlamydo- monas occupies a position of great in- terest among the green algae. It is looked upon as the starting point in September, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 113 the evolution of green Algae and per- haps of all plant life. Sub-family P^iacoteae. 23. Phacotas spec, not determined. The same difficulties surround this genus as above. Sub-family Volvoveae. 24. Goniiim pectorale, Mull, in green scum in vast numbers at bottom of slough, :\[ay. 25. Pnndorina mormn. Mull, common m sloughs. 26. Eudorina elegans, Ehrenb., common in slough plankton. 27. Volvox aureas (L) Ehrenb. This alga was to be found in vast numbers in the slough plankton during the latter part of IVIay. Sub-order Tetrasporineae. Family Palmellaceae. Sub-family Tetrasporeae 28. Tetraspora luhrico (Roth) Ag, on .stones at the outlet of a small spring, Summerland, May. Family Protococcaceae. 29. Trochiscia aspera (Reinsch) Hansg., common in plankton. Family Autosporaeeae. Sub-family Oocysteae 30. Ooctjstis soUfaruK Wittr., slough and lake plankton. 31. 0. crassa, Wittr., as above. 32. Nephrocytium aghardlanum. Nag., from s(iueezings of a moss resembling spliagninn. 33. Tetracoccus hotryoides. West, lake plankton, April. Sub-family, Selenastreae. 34. 'Scenedesmus hijugatus, (Turp) Kutz., lake and slough plankton. 35. S. qiiadricauda, (Turp.) Breb, as ab- ove. 36. Ankisfrodesmus setigurus (Schrod) West, slough plankton. Order 2. Siphon ales. Family. Vaucheriaceae. 38. V. geminata (Vauch) DC. Dog Lake in ditches. Vaucheria grows in felty masses like moss and may be recog- nized from other algae with the naked eye. Order 3. Siphonocladiales. Family Cladophoraceae. Sub-family Cladophoreae. 89. 40. 41. 42. 43. 44. 45. 46. 46. 48. 49. 50. 51 52 .)o 54 55 56 ( Indopho a c ispafa. Roth. Penticton Creek, Sept. Sub-family Rhizoclonieae. Bhizoclonium hieroglypMcum, (Roth) Kutz. sloughs, also Marron Lake. Order 6. Ulotrichales. Family Ulotric)iaeeae. Ulothrix zonata, (Web & Mohr) Kutz., common, found in many stations at all seasons. U. suhtilis, Kutz., Okanagan Falls, Apr., growing on stones under water, where current was swiftest about 12- 15 miles per hour. Family Microsporaceae. Microspora tumidula, Hazen, Dog Lake, entirely an American species. M. stagnorum, (Kutz) Lagerh., com- mon in pools more or less stagnant. Family Chaetophoraeeae. Sub-family Chaetophoreae. Chaetophora pisiformis. (Roth) Ag. growing on a floating board. Sloughs. C. clegaiis (R;)tli) Ag. growing on a dead stick, sloughs. C. elegans (Roth) Ag. growing on a zen. Dog Lake on a submerged log. Draparmddia plumosa (Vaueh) Ag., free floating Ok Lake. Draparnuldia glomerata, (Vauch) Ag,, on dead tule (Scirpus spec.) Pen slougiis. Myxovema tenne (Ag) Kutz., Ok Lake. Sub-family Microthamnieae. Mi croih amnion Kutzingiannm, Nag., on dead tule (Scirpus spec.) sloughs. Division II. Akontae. Order 1. Conjugatae. Family Zygnemaceae. Sub-family Mesocarpeae. Mougeotia spec. This genus is quite common, sterile filaments only. Sub-family Zygnemeae. Zygiienid cricetorum (Kutz) Hansg., in drying pond by Okanagan River. Sub-family Spirogyreae. . Spirogyra tenuissima, (Hass) Kutz., ponds Penticton Creek, May. . S. inflaia (Vaueh) Rabenh., as above. . S. nitada (Dill) Link., ditches Pentic- ton, April. The family Zygnemaceae is perhaps the most widely scattered and by far the most noticeable of all the algae. 114 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. Tliat bright green hair-like growth so common in ditdhes and ponds is usual- ly made up of one or more members of t^is family. Time will enlarge this group greatly in Okanagan. Specific identification is possible only when filaments are in a fruiting condition and zygospores present, an occurrence not of great frequency. As yet I have had no success with artificial cultures. Family Desmidiaceae. This family is not represented in this list as the writer has no literature on the subject. The extreme difficulty in the study of Desmids and the comparative scar- city of good literature renders it a subject for separate study. The Des- mids are none the less of extreme beau- ty and great interest, especially in the apparent connection between the richness of t}\e Desmid flora and the older Geological formations. In fu- ture, however, I shall be in a position to assign the Desmids to their respec- tive genera. Division 3. Stephanokontae. Order 1. Oedogoniales. 57. Oedogonium spec, sterile filaments only have been collected. Specific identification is impossible except when in a fruiting condition, and even then it is a matter of difficulty. Division 4. Heterokontae. Order 1. Heterococcales. Family Chlorosaccaceae. 58. Stipifococcus urceolatus, West, epi- phytic on Rhizoclomum hieroglyphs - cum. Family Botryococcaceae. 59. Boiryococcus Braunii, Kutz., very common in plankton at all seasons. Order 2. Heterotrichales. Family Tribonemaceae. 60. Trihonema homhycinum (Agj Derb & Sol, common in ditches, 61. T. bomhycinum forma minor (Wille) West, as above. Order 3. Heterosiphonales. Family Botrydiaceae. 62. Botrydinm granulatum, Ehrenb. (L) Grev., uncommon and very interest- ing; found on the drying up mud of a small lake. May. Growing on flumes (at the junction of the boards, where ■slow leakage occurs) to a size much larger than usually recorded. CLASS PHAEOPHYOEAE. Order Syngeneticae. Family Chrysomonadlinaceae. 63. Synura uvella, Ehrenb., slough plank- ton. 64. Uroglena volvox, Ehrenb., as above. Family Dinobryaceae. 65. Di}\ol)ryo)\ cylindricum Imliof.. slough plankton. The system of classification used in this list is that of Prof. G. S. West in his work on Algae, Vol. 1, Cam- bridge Botanical Handbooks, 1916. It is, I think, t/ie most modern classifi- cation and in harmony with the latest biological experience. The species enumerated in this list are all positive identifications and are for the most part the result of the independent observations of Mr. F. L, McKeever, F.R.M.S., and myself. A great many of the collections were made by us jointly, but the micro- scopical investigations were carried on separately in our own homes. Doubtful species and errors are there- fore absolutely eliminated. The list is as yet woefully incom- plete, but I hope in the course of a few years to lengthen it to a great extent. Septeiulit-r, 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 115 AN EXAMPLE OF GRAVITY DEFORMATION IN A LIMESTONE SLAB. By E. M. Kindle. It is probably uot generally known that cemeteries sometimes afford important data concerning the modification of certain physical characters of gravestones which may take place with the lapse of time. In the erection of monuments the condi- tions for highly instructive experiments have been sometimes unconsciously pre- pared. It is the purpose of these notes to record the results of one of these for- tuitous experiments in which gravity has produced deformation. Numerous examples occur in nature of the deformation of consolidated rocks pro- duced by latei-al pressure and gravity combined; but no recorded cases of de- formation produced by gravity alone un- der natural conditions have come under the writer's notice. In the experiments of Daubree \ Townsend -, Adams ^, and others, the great changes in shape which can be produced in hard rocks and metals by pressure have been shown, but experi- ments in which gravity alone is the active factor -in defonnation have apparently been neglected because of the lengtli of time required. Experiments aiming to produce rock deformation by the action of gravity alone appear to have been under- taken only in the case of ice. *. Examples may occasionally be found in cemeteries which give some definite in- formation regarding the amount of flexing which may result through the action of gravity alone. Such cases are worthy of record' because they afford data on a phase of rock deformation which can hardly be approached experimentally, because of the time required. (1) Etudes Synthetiques de Geologie Experi- mentale, 1S79. (2) Jour. Franklin Inst., Mar. 1878. (3) Geo!. Soc. of Am. Bull., Vol. 12, pp. 455- 461. (4) Von Engeln, O.D., Experimental Studies and Observations on Ice Structure, Am. Jour, of Sci., 4th. sen., Vol. 40, pp. 459-460, fig. 7. R. S. Tarr and O. D. von Engeln, Experimen- tal Studies of Ice with reference to Glacier Structure and Motion, pp. 82-139, fig. 9, Zeit- scfirift fur Gletscherkunde. Bd. Ix, 1915. King ■', Ashley **, and the writer ^ have described examples of permanent flexing in marble slabs which have been supported by tlie ends. Becker *, has noted in old buildings such as the Alhambra "slabs of rock very much bent by end pressures acting for hundreds of years." Previously recorded observations on de- formation in cemetery monuments all re- fer, with one exception, so far as the writ- er is aware, to marble slabs. The excep- tion, if it may be so termed, is described by Winslow " as a white crystalline lime- stone or marble. It is purposed to call attention here to the case of a limestone slab covering a grave in a cemetery in Hull, P.Q. In the example under consideration the stone is an unaltered limestone of Trenton age as indicated by the fossils which it con- tains. During the early history of the Ottawa Valley slabs of Trenton limestone were sometimes used for monuments in the local cemeteries. In the Hull cemeteiy there is a slab of Trentoji limestone over one of the first graves made in this cemetery which is supported on two upright stones placed under the two ends, the middle portion of the slab being subject to gravi- tational pull without any support. This has developed in the middle portion of the slab a sag amounting to 11/4 inches. The general appearance of this slab is shown in the accompanying photograph (Fig. 1). This slab has a length of 6 ft. 6 in., a widtjti of 2 ft. 101/2 in. and a thickness of 33^ in. The inscription* on the face of the stone indicates, that it was placed in' position in 1844 or a little later. The deformation which this slab of Trenton limestone has suffered has been developed therefore dur- ing a time interval of not more than 77 years. (5) U. S. Geol. Exp., 40th. Par., Vol. I, p. 752. (6) Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Vol. 3, 2nd. ser., 1S90-92 (1893) pp. 319-324. (7) Proc. Ind. Acad. Sci., 1894, pp. 49-50. (8) Geol. Soc. of Am. Bull-, Vol. IV, 1893, p. 53. (9) Am. Jour. Sci., Vol. 43, 1892, pp. 133- 134. 116 The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. This slab, with its curved surface, may and 266 feet in length could in a period be considered _ to represent an arc of a „f 75 ^.^^^,^ ^.. j^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^ -j^^^ ^ ^.-^.^l^ circle which, if completed, would have a .„,.', , , ^ j.-, diameter of 85 feet. In other words, a '^ ^i^bjected to a stress no greater than its slab of Trenton limestone Wi inches thick own weight. w: rn^ms^*^ ►v^^f*^-^ !^>-'^'S&JTr^ ^?ii5^.^;*;'.'^^^^-^S^SI^Si THE TREATMENT OF SKIN IRRITATIONS DUE TO POISON IVY. The excessive heat of last summer, caus- ing profuse activities of the pores of the skin, was to a measure responsible for the large number of cutaneous inflammations produced by poisou ivy. Persons who had never before experienced the effects of poison ivy succumbed to attacks this year, and the usual feeling of security by per- sons considering themselves "immune" was largely lost. Observations for a period cf years lead me to believe tha' no person is permanently immune, unless he succeeds ill' avoiding contact altogether. On the contrary, people who heretofore were never bothered by the effects of this plant, and who claimed to be quite immune, be- came violently affected when in a state of profuse transpiration. The name poison ivy is well known — and scores of harmless plants are carefully avoided by the camper or picnicker. It is remarkable how few people do actually know and recognize the plant. All ^ave some idea, mainly the wrong one, until they experience the effect on their own skin of having come into actual contact. Where there is rocky ground or pure sand beaches bordering woods, where pines and ash grow, there is it necessary to survey the ground for this bane of outdoor life. Remember the three leaves of poison ivy, whicli distinguis^i it readily from the five- leaved Virginia creeper which it resembles. In fall the leaves turn golden brown to bright red and are not infrequently gath- ered for their glory by the unsuspecting. Beware ! Beyond the beauty lurks the beast, and skin inflammations are sure to follow indiscretion. One would expect that people would be familiar with the appearance of sudh irritation, but only those actually affected remember the symptoms; indeed, often enough poison ivy ras^ is not recc^- nized by the learned professions. Invar- iably children are the victims. Picking berries, roaming among the brambles, their naked feet covered with harmless minute scratches ; their energy excites their spores to increased activity — and from a few hours to a few days after, there appear the September, 11)21.] The Canaeian Field Nat, kalist. 117 first symptoms of poison ivy injury, at first merely a redness, irritable and itch- ing, slightly raised above the normal skin, bordering pricks and scratches — followed by a few watery bli-sters, containing a cloudy serous liquid ; finally intense irri- tation, numerous blisters, and oozing in- flamed patc;ies are the result. The ooze is conveyed to other parts of the body ; eye- lids, lips, neck, etc., become involved, and the discomfort is great. Children will scratch the blisters open, and in severe cases there is loss of sleep and appetite. The plant comes in for considerable blame anyway, but superstition and incorrect or inadequate observations liave given rise to tales of: "once infected, the infection lasts seven years ; it recurs every year I in fact it is almost hopeless!" This assump- tion is really nonsense. Yet one comes across such comments often enough in text- books which should really know better. Poison ivy irritations are acute in t/ie first place ; none of the many children and grown-ups whom I have made it my busi- ness to watch have ever shown recurrence without re-infection. If skin troubles re- cur, they we: e not originally due to poison ivy. Yet there may be some truth appar- ently in the assumption that actual contact is not necessary. I doubt this, liowever, from mere lack of positive evidence. No- body, of course, ever comes knowingly in- to contact with poison ivy. One such case is known to me, where afterwards I found a vase full of glorious fall-tinged poison ivy in t^ie house — with two of the inmates suffering from a persistent "heat rash", with the usual poison ivy symptoms. Not until one of my own children af- forded me material for study and experi- ment did I become interested in the treat- ment of poison ivy. At first — as usual — every possible thing was tried, even med- ical opinions were sought. Pet remedies which everybody seems to possess were equally uselessly employed. Baking pow- der, sour milk, sulphur soap, lead water, lead acetate, boracic powder and lotion, calamine lotion, potass, permanganate, fat- ty and alcoholic substances, extracts of Grindelia, the fresh juice of Impatiens, were tried one after the other and results noted. None of these substances is a cur- ative; some eased the irritati( n for a mo- ment, ot.aer.s caused profuse oozing. The child was productive of wonderful patches until iier shins were covered with one ooz- ing, beady sore, 2 inches wdde and 8 inches long. The usual precautions were taken. The child was not allowed to swim in the river, was cautioned and occasionally ef- fectively prevented from scratching, but the dose of ivy poisoning persisted until the following treatment was resorted to. The oozing sores were washed perfectly clean with soap and Avater, followed by dubbing wit/i 95 per cent alcohol — which latter did no good — • but the sores were then dried with a clean absorbent towel and were painted over from one to three times with a cotton wool plug dipped into Tincture of Iodine — the usual B. P. tinc- ture — although later on in cases of adults tJhe Churchill tincture was often used. This application caused profuse oozing, and the ooze w^as absorbed by dusting with bor- acic acid powder. The application of the iodine tincture did not cause any pain other than t/iat resulting from the actual mechanical touch. The smaller sores were treated just the same. After 24 hours most of the iodine stains had disappeared. The skin was again washed as before with soap and water, dried, and a second application was made, followed 6 hours later by a third. Careful attention was paid to any possible signs of iodine poisoning, such as redness or burns, or any effects from absorption of the drug, which is known to occur in certain individuals, but no untoward com- plication became noticeable, and the pat- ches healed up, most of the minor ones after one good application, i. e. allowing the first to dry and painting again until a good deep-yellow, yet still lio^ht brown stain resulted. The sores on the shins had healed up after a week — three applica- tions of tincture of iodine sufficed. Dur- ing all this time t}\e child was permitted to go in bathing with the rest of the chil- dren, without any ill effect to her or the others. The preliminary treatments, as de- scribed before the iodine was resorted to, are not necessary, as further experiments and observations proved. In not a single case of poisoning with poison ivy did I observe failure or ill effects, and a good lis The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. many liave been kept under observation during the last three years. In case t^ere should result any skin ir- ritation from the application of Iodine, an application of a starch poultice might be resorted to. Should any person fear the application of Iodine, it is suggested that it be not resorted to until the treatment is authorized by one's medical adviser. In conclusion a word may be said about the eradication of this undesirable plant. Poison ivy will not be killed by a single cutting, a.s new shoots or suckers are per- sistently sent up from the root stocks. The root stocks must be exhausted by destroy- ing the foliage as fast as it appears, either by' repeated mowing or by spraying with a strong salt brine made at t]ie rate of 3 pounds of common salt per gallon of water. If the weed is cut or sprayed in June and the treatment repeated about three times at intervals of 10 days or two weeks, the root stocks will become exhausted and die. Arsenate of soda (a violent poison), 1/4 pound per gallon of water, or crude oil may be substituted for the salt spray. Spraying does not affect the roots directly, but is simply equivalent to cutting. How- ever there is the advantage that one need not come into actual contact with the plant. Spraying with one pound of caustic soda dissolved in two gallons of water has been found very effective. H. T. Gussow, Experimental Farm, Ottawa. NOTES ON THE NORTHWEST COAST HERON IN STANLEY PARK, VANCOUVER, B.C. Having on numerous occasions seen herons flying over the City of Vancouver I had unsuccessfully endeavored to dis- cover their nesting site, and was much pleased to hear, on June 9th last, that a number of herons were nesting in Stanley Park. Without delay and in company with two friends I visited the Park, and not far from Brockton Point found the heronry. It was situated in a very heav- ily timbered corner and the main nesting site was in a large spruce tree, tlhis tree being about 250 ft. in height. We count- ed thirty-seven nests in this single tree, and about fifteen young birds were in view, either sitting up in the nests or perched on the branches of the tree. The young, Avhich appeared to be half or three- quarters grown, kept up an incessant squawking, which increased fourfold whenever a parent bird appeared with food. The branches of this spruce tree, except for their tips, were devoid of foliage, and tree trunk, branches and nests were of a greyish-white colour from the birds' droppings. Much of the vegeta- tion close to the ground under the tree was dead and everywhere the ground was littered with pieces of egg shells, filth, etc. I secured a number of egg shells, some of which were in excellent condition. Tavo nests and five voung dead birds were found on the ground beneath tilie tree ; two of these were about half grown, two about three weeks old, and the fifth about one week or ten days old. All five birds were more or less decomposed. These nests with the young had, no doubt, been blown down by a recent heavy wind and rain storm. One nest was complete and unbroken, and proved to be a bulky affair and of solid construction, the outer part being constructed of coarse branches about half an inch in diameter, while the inside was well made with fine twigs securely plastered togetflier with refuse and excreta from the young birds. From the size, the nest must have been in use several years, each year having had a little added to it. It was between three and four feet in diameter outside, while the bowl meas- ured eleven inches wide by five inches deep ; the whole nest was of a greyish- white colour as if it had been whitewashed. Under the tree three lampreys were found, having, no doubt, been dropped by the birds when feeding; two of these fisji r^asured 7I/2 inches and one 9^/2 inches, two were minus heads and the other lack- ed its tail. Several photographs were taken by one of my companions, Mr. Ab- bott, and in these the young birds can easily be distinguished. About two hours were spent watching September, 1921.] -The Canadian Field-Naturalist. 119 these herons and during ttiat period about twelve adult birds visited the tree wi' h food for the young". After feeding tlieiii they would sometimes rest for five or ten minutes before leaving again for their fisli- ing grounds. Many of the young, which I estimated to number from sixty to eighty, constantly stood upriglit and exercised their wings back and forth. Two other nesting trees were close by and on these also young birds Avere noticed. On June 13th the heronry was again visited and another nest was found on the ground. It contained three half- groA\ai birds, all so badly fly-blown that I w^as unable to preserve them. One bird was weighed and scaled three pounds. Its iris was pale lemon-yellow; lower mand- ible yellow with upper edge dark horn colour; upper mandible, dark; upper part of tarsus sulphurous yellow with green isli cast, the balance of tarsus and toes dull bluish-grey; claws very dark. The l)ill measured at culmen 3.00 in., at gap 4.56 in., tarsus 4.50 in. I Several more photographs were taken. 'rHhirty-six nests could be seen distinctly, /and these, with the three found on tlie ground, made a total of thirty-nine nests in this particular tree. On June 9th five dead birds were found, and on the 13th another small one was located behind a log; it had lieen dead for a long time and was, no doubt, out of one of the two first nests found. About thirty-five young birds were in view on the 13th and careful scrutiny failed to reveal more than three birds in any one nest, the majority being two to each nest, while a few held but a single young lurd. A fair estimate would place the number of adult breeding birds at from fifty to sixty. The parent birds who liunt for food along the shores (^f Burrard Inlet, Kitsilano, Point Grey and Sea and Lulu Islands only feed the young at long intervals. A bald eagle was seen to approach the nests, when suddenly many of the old birds appeared from every direction and (piickly drove away the unwelcome visitor. At the time of writing, July 23rd, many of the young birds are flying, but return every night to the nesting tree. Tliese herons fly at all hours of the night, and I very frequently hear them croaking to one another between the hours of ten and twelve at night, as they fly far overhead towards the Park. Tlu^ Stanley Park Heronry has during the past few weeks become one of the points of interest in t>he Park, and hun- dreds of residents of this city as well as visitors now stop to have a look at the curious bird colony, none of the members of which appear to be in the least disturb- ed, however many people gather about to watch them. K. Racey, 3262 First Ave. W., Vancouver. BlPtl) CENSUS FROM LONDON, ONT. By E. M. S. Dale, President, Mcllwraith Ornithological Club. For some years our Club has sent in reports to ihe "Bird /Lore" Christmas census. The number of species observed has increased from seven in 1910 untd now a limit seems to have been reached of some nineteen or twenty. This probably does not indicate more birds here during recent years, but rather growing efficiency on the "part of a larger company of observers, combined with inc: eased knowledge of the localities most favored by the birds in winter. It may be interesting to readers of the Canadian Field Naturalist to com- pare these lists which are annexed hereto in tabulated form. i2d The Canadian Field-Naturalist. [Vol. XXXV. 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 Horned Grebe Herring Gull American Merganser .. . 15 Lesser Scaup American Goldeneye . . Ruffed Grouse Marsh Hawk Cooper's Hawk Red-Shouldered Hawk . Sparrow Hawk Long-eared Owl Screech Owl Great Horned Owl Kingfisher Hairy Woodpecker Downy Woodpecker . . . Bluejay Crow 57 Redwinged Blackbird . . Pine Grosbeak 3 Purple Finch American Crossbill Redpoll Goldfinch Pine Siskin Snowbird Tree Sparrow Junco 3 Song Sparrow Cardinal Northern Shrike Brown Creeper 1 Red-breasted Nuthatch White-breasted " Blk. -capped Chickadee . 6 Brown-capped " Golden-crowned Kinglet 10 Robin 22 1917 1 3 20 10 2 1918 1919 1920 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 1 2 1 3 2 1 3 10 6 7 8 8 2 1 . 1 3 3 10 3 10 8 3 1 1 19 10 2500 312 1500 30 22 11 1 15 15 50 3 45 55 1 100 1 1 65 20 5 2 30 2 22 18 3 15 27 3 10 20 15 2 28 15 20 72 3 2 1 1 3 5 7 1 1 3 4 1 1 1 1 5 1 2 7 4 5 7 2 1 1 1 1 3 5 6 4 10 4 10 7 3 9 6 28 5 25 78 42 39 87 1 26 1 2 2 4 7 2 10 12 2 1 15 27 7sp. 8sp. 12sp. 13sp. 14sp. 13sp. 19sp. 21 sp. 18sp. 18sp. 18sp. TOTAL INDIVIDUALS 95 22 31 90 105 2561 656 1703 134 323 207 NOTES AND OBSERVATIONS. Unusual Migration Records In The Vicinity of Montreal — March 1921. No doubt the mild weather during the past winter, and the abundance of frnit and seeds (especiall.y coniferous seeds) limited the movements of a great many Northern birds. Throughout South-East- ern Canada and the North-Eastern States, at least in urban districts, the dearth of birds appears to have been general. Of the customary winter birds the following were seen in the vicinity of Montreal in very small numbers: Snowy Owl (2) ; Saw- whet Owl (2) ; Hairy and Downy Woodpeckers; Snow Bunting; White-winged Crossbill; Pine Siskin; Goldfinch; Redpoll; Cedar Waxwing ; White-breasted Nuthatcli ; Red- breasted Nuthatch; Blaek-capped Chicka- dee. The unusual occurrences were : Herring THE CANADIAN FIELD-NATURALIST • > VOL. XXXV. GARDENVALE, QUE., October-December, 1921. No. 7. A PRELIMINARY SURVEY OF THE BIOTA OF A SAND SPIT IN LAKE WINNIPEG. By Chas. H. O'Donoghue, D.Sc, F.Z.S. Professor of Zoologj^, University of Manitoba. Early in July, 1918, I was enabled to make a short stay of eight days on Berens Island, Lake Winnipeor, through the court- esy of the Riverton Fish Company of Ri- verton, Man. I was aeeompanied by J. Nelson Gowanloek, B.A., Fellow in Zoo- logy in the University of Manitoba, and we both desire to express our thanks to the company for a round trip of some 500 miles from Hnausa, taking in Berens Island, and also to the men at the fishing camp at Swampy Harbour for many favours. The main object of the trip was to be- come acquainted with the general life con- ditions in the great tree belt of the "Can- adian zone" which occupies such a large part of the Province of Manitoba. To this end a camping site was chosen on Berens Island which is situated well with- in that region and, save for a small corner, has not been interfered with by settle- ment. Further, the journey there and back allowed of short visits to a number of typical and practically undisturbed spots. Adams (1) points out that for satisfact- ory ecological study only "repeated and prolonged visits, careful observations, and descriptions of the place and animals will enable one to acquire the desired famili- arity." This was obviously impossible in a short stay, but the whole area was so full of interest that it seemed highly desir- able to call attention to its possibilities, and, further, it was hoped that opportu- nities would occur later to revisit the spot or perhaps induce other people to do so and continue the work in a more satis- factory manner. This hope has not been realised, and the present paper makes no pretence at completeness but is intended to serve as an introductory survey. The following notes relate particularly to a sketch of the life conditions on a sand spit of Berens Island. Similar spits oc- cur at other places on the lake, but, so far as I know, none combine so fully two important considerations, namely accessi- bility and, at the same time, almost com- plete freedom from human interference. In Shelford's terms it is a "primeval or primary community" (7). Press of work has prevented their publication at an ear- lier date. It is hoped, however, that they will be of some interest and serve to call attention, inter alia, to the fact that prac- tically no ecological studies have been carried out on the islands and shores of freshwater lakes in Northern Canada where the conditions differ greatly from those farther south. Berens Island is one of the two large islands in the northern part of Lake Win- nipeg and lies approximately in latitude 52 deg. 15 min. N. and longitude 97 deg. 15 min. W. Its greatest length is eight miles and its greatest Avidth four. The north-west sandy shore stretches in a very shallow cur- ve for about seven and a half miles and faces the north-west corner of the lake which is over 120 miles away. The remaining part of the coast is more indented and rocky and has a large rounded projection on the south corner. As is well known the east- ern and western shores of Lake Winnipeg differ markedly in character owing to the nature of the formation on which they lie. The former is composed of the Laurentian rocks, and the latter of Cambro-Silurian and a certain amount of alluvial drift. Al- though the island lies nearer the eastern than the western shore, it is nevertheless inside the limits of the Cambro-Silurian but must lie very near the junction be- tween the two. The island is well within the limits of the Canadian zone and its characteristic trees are the Spruce, Picea mariana, and the Tamarack, Larix larioina, 122 The Canadian Field-Naturalist [Vol. XXXV with one or two clumps of Silver Bireli, Betula alba var. papyrifera, and groups of Populus halsamifera. It includes, at any rate, one large grass swamp and much muskeg, and is similar to most other is- lands in the lake. The climate is typical of that of the surrounding region, dry, much of the precipitation taking the form of snow in the fairly long winter. The lake all around is frozen for 5 months or so and the temperature may drop to — 40 deg. F. or sometimes lower. The southern portion of the north-west coast for 2 — 2i/^ miles is formed by a large spit of hind continuing the general line of the coast and only separated from a well-wooded island known as Burton or Little Black Island by a narrow channel 30-40 yards wide. This main spit, there- fore, includes between it and the south end of the island a large wide open bay. The spit is composed mainly of sand which on its western side takes the form of dunes rising fairly rapidly from the water but sloping more gradually on the eastern side. Near the main island the dunes are 15 to 20 feet high but the last part of the spit is almost flat. From the east side of the main spit two smaller spits are given off. The one nearer to the island runs first almost east then north-east and finally al- most north back towards the island and Pig. i._ Rough sketch map of Berens Island. D, Dune area; G. S., large grass and reed swamp; M. muskeg; S. the spit on which the camp was pitched and fhe collections made; S. H. Swampy Harbour. Oct.-Dec. 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturaijst 123 so encloses a sheet of water 150 — 200 yards wide and 200-300 long. The on« farther from the island runs almost due east for nearly 500 yards and gives off at its extremity another smaller spit about 170 yards long pointing to the north. This second spit, therefore, encloses a still lar ger bay which includes the former spit. and this bay and its eastern end come over to within about i/4 mile of the southern ex- tremity of the island. In this way there is formed a very good harbour known to the fishermen as Swampy Harbour and for this reason the whole island is sometime.'^ erroneously referred to as Swampy Island The main ridge and its side spits form an environmental complex that is in many ways similar to that on the shores of Lake Michigan in the vicinity of Waukegan, and its biota (total life content both animal and plant) must be on the whole fairly similar save for the effects of its more northern position and the somewhat dif- ferent forest associations with which it is' sur: ounded. The observations were made on this se- cond spit which has the form of an L and may be treated as a small ecological unit. Its long stem coming off from the main spit runs east by a trifle south, and is about 500 vards long bv 100 vards wide. On each side it slopes off very gradually under the water, on the north to the inner bay and on the south to the outer bay. It has three crests running along it, the high- est of which is about 7i/2 feet high and lies near the .southern side. The short stem of the L is about 170 vards long bv 23 vards wide and runs north by a trifle east. On the west side of this the water (of the inner bay) is very shallow, but on the east side it is deeper, particularly at the heel of the L, so that the fisheries steamer "Lady of the Lake" i^ able to run alongside a veiy short pier. At this point are the cleaning shed, the store house, bunk house and cook house used in both summer and winter fisheries by about a dozen men. The short stem of the L is used for work on the nets and boats, etc., and is sandy without any vporptation. Our own camp was pitched dDout half way along the spit. It is quite obvious that the spit is much younger than the main ridge from which it springs, for while the latter has several groups of fair- sized poplars, Popidus halsamifera, the former has only much smaller ones, and the largest of these occur at the place where it comes off the main stem. It therefore represents a comparatively recently form- ed spit of sand and fine shingle that is being established and overgrown by ve- getation. The m(\st st iking feature is the manner in whicli the plants are arranged in rows parallel with *he axis of the spit, each row characterised l)y the presence of a part- icular species or grouj) of species. On standing at either end and looking along the .spit this cannot fail to be remarked, for it almo.st looks as if it we:e arranged and was commented on by two of the fish- ermen quite independently. About eleven of these zones can fairly readil.y be dis- tinguished and may be named according to the prominent vegetation characterising them. Thus, starting on the south, we have : — A 23 feet shore sand zone B 21 " zone of soft sand C 25 " artemisia zone D 29 " vetch zone E 28 " golden-rod zone P 25 " rose zone (j 31 " astralagus zone H 21 " second vetch zone •J 45 " willow and poplar zone K 13 " grass zone L 40 " shore .sand zone To which may be added M the water zone on the inner side. The grasses extend through nearly all the zones, but in K they are very close and are the only noticeable plants; they form the main part of the vegetation of zone J. The two shore zones are partly covered when the water is liigh, and were probably submerged in 1916 and 1917 when the whole lake level was sliirhtly higher than :n 1918. ""he following table gives an idea of the zonation. It provides a list of the plants found and the zones in which they were distributed. To convey some idea of the amount of vegetation present, letters have been employed. They are by no means ac- curate, but time was too short to allow of taking unit counts. Thus "extremely common" means that the area was well covered with the species and n. c. means that examples only occurred here and there, often as stragglers from the next zone. ■'Rare" is meant to indicate that only a few specimens occurred on the whole length 124 The Canadian Field-Naturalist [Vol. XXXV PLANTS ZONES FAMILY SPECIES C D E F G H J K L M Equisetaceae Equisetum arvense L r nc r r ec r Najadaceae Potomogeton interior Rydb. . . " richer dsonii " vc nc Gramineae Alopecurus pratensis L Calamagrostis canadensis [Michx. Beauv. nc nc nc Deschampsia caespitosa " c c c Hordeum jubatum L nc r Poa triflora Gilib nc r Cyperaceae Car ex aquatilis Wahlenb " behbii Olney nc c nc " viridula Michx Eleocharis acicularis L " palustris L Lemnacese Lemna trisulca L Juncaceae Juncus baliicus Willd. var. [littoralis Salicacese Populus balsamifera L nc nc Salix Candida Flugge " discolor Muhl nc nc " longifolia Muhl nc nc " lucida Muhl nc nc " peltita Anders nc Urticacese Ulmus americana L Polygonacese Polygonum aviculare L " Persicaria L Chenopodiacese Cheno podium album L ,,,, Caryophyllacese Stellaria longipes Goldie r . Ranunculacese Anemone canadensis Ranunculus flammula L. var [reptans Mey.. ' macounii Brit Rosacese Fragaria vesca li nc nc Potentilla Anserina L nc " rivalis Nutt. var. [pentandra Wats. Rosa blanda Ait r nc ec ec nc ec r ec c nc r ec vc c ec nc ec r nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc nc r(l) nc vc nc nc nc nc nc nc vc nc c r nc nc Oct.-Dec. 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist 125 PLANTS ZONES FAMILY SPECIES C D E F G H J K L M Rubus idaeus L. var. strigosus Max. r nc Leguminosae, Ausiralagus aboriginorum Rich, r Lathyrus maritimus L r Vicia aniericana Muhl. r nc vc nc nc ec c c nc nc r nc vc \nacardiace8e Rhus glabra L r(4) Onagracese Oenothera biennis L. . " sp nc r r nc nc r Haloragidaceae Myriophyllmn spicatum L nc Umbelliferse Sium cicutxfolium Schr c nc c r Cornacese Cornus stolonifera Michx r(l) r(l) r(l) r(l) Labiate Mentha arvensis L. var. cana- densis Bri. . . . nc Compositse Achillea millefolium L nc Artemisia caudata Michx nc nc nc c c Solidago canadensis L nc ec c " sp nc c nc nc nc nc ec extremely common, mon. r raie. vc verv common. common. nc not coro- of the zone. It will be obvious, of course, that the term "ver}^ common" has quite a different vahie in numbers of plants to a unit area when applied to say roses and grass. The plants were kindly identified for me by Mr. C. W. Lowe of Winnipeg. The foregoing list is typical of the flora of sandy areas in the region of Lake Win- nipeg with perhaps the possible exception of Astralagus aboriginorum. This does not appear to be common in the province and is listed by Rydberg (6) as a mountainous or sub-mountainous species and is not stated to occur in the province by Gray (2). While it is true that on the whole the zonation is striking in its regularity, there are two noteworthy exceptions. Firstly, at the east end in the neighborhood of the camp which has been used both in sum- mer and winter for some years, the zones are mixed. There are one or two old camp sites and frequently dog teams are tether- ed at this point. Apart from this, how- ever, there is a large clump of willows ex- tending across several zones and these give shelter to plants — Anemone canadensis, Achillea millefolium, Rubus idaeus var. strigosus and Fragaria vesca — not at all common elsewhere. Secondly, at the end where the spit joins the main ridge there is a transverse ridge of limestone pebbles which are overgrown with lichens, including Cladonia pyxidata, and are obviously older than the remain- ing part of the ridge. Among the peb- bles, remains of a few Ammonites (*) were found but they were too worn and broken to be identified. This partly juts into the daughter spit, noticeably at zone H, and partly also at G and K, and the west end of these zones include part of the zonation of the main ridge. The plants here, Popu- * These appear to be Maclurea and perhaps M. Manitobaensis. 126 The Canadian Field-Naturalist Vol. XXXV men are camping there they have one or more dog teams about. Family Sciuridae. No actual specimen was taken or seen but near the camp were tracks which I think belonged to :— Sciurus hudsonicus Erxleben. Citellus franlilini Sabine. Famil.y Muridae. Peromyscus moniciilatus arcticus, Mearns, the arctic deer mouse. Two spe- cimens were taken at the camp. One of the fishermen reported having seen a ground squirrel — presumably Ci- tellus franklini — and the mouse was not uncommon. On the main island tracks of the lynx, .Lijnx canadensis, and the fox, Vulpes ful- va, were encountered, but not on the spit, and one evening a timber wolf, Canis Occi- dent alis, was seen on the island opposite the spit. Class Aves. Somewhat fuller notes are provided in the case of the birds since Mr. J. N. Gowan- lock was particularly interested in them. I liere wish to express my thanks to him for his assistance in this matter. The numbers are those of the Catalofjue of Canadian Birds. (5) Order Longipennes. Family Jjaridae. (51.) Larus argentatus Pontoppidan, Herring Gull. A common visitant fishing along the shores of the spit. Groups some- times alighted to sun themselves along the southern side. (54.) Larus delairarensis Ord. Ring- billed Gull. Associated with but in lesser numbers than the preceding. (64.) Sterna caspia Pallas, Caspian Tern. The nearest breeding-place of these birds was on Pelican Island and on only two or three occasions were individuals (in one instance a dozen or more) observed passing over the spit in company with the two following species. (69.) Sterna forsteri Nuttall. Forster's Tern. Constantly in search of fish, these birds occurred along the waters bordering the sandspit. (70.) Sterna hirundo Linnaeus. Com- mon Tern. Like the last, this bird fished regularly along the shores of the sandspit, Iks halsamife. o, Eqmsetum arvense and some g! asses, seem to be invading the daughter spit. The whole spit is exposed and the plants not so advanced as in more sheltered parts. Thus while roses. Rosa hlanda, were in flower on Big Island on July 5th, the first one to come out on the spit was on July 10th. Again, ripe strawberries were com- mon on Big Island on the same day but did not ripen plentifully on the spit until July 12th. It is, of course, not protected by trees and so exposed to the winds; this was a decided advantage, foi- the camp was practically free from the mosquitoes which are such a pest on the main part of the island. One of the most striking features in the distribution of the plants is that on each side we have zones that are well covered witji plants, i.e. D, E and F on the south and J and K on the north, while G and H between them are very sparse indeed. If we rule out the invasion at the west end and the poplar dumps at the east they are almost bare. B in particular is sandy and has all along it a line of drift showing that within the last few years it was the shore of the inner bay. Drift is also found on the inner side of H. ANIMAL LIFE. As might be expected the animal life on such an area is not extensive, but a num- ber of different forms were taken. While an attempt was made to identify the specimens and a number were actually identified, I soon realised that in the ab- sence of ready access to a large library and well stocked museum, the task could not be satisfactorily accomplished. I there- fore threw myself on the generosit.y of my fellow-scientists who, without exception, gave me their assistance. In each case I have cited the authorities responsible for the determination of the species. The United States National Museum, Washing- ton, through the kind offices of Dr. Al- drich were good enough to identify many of the insects, and the name of the part- icular expert, followed by LT. S. Nat. Mus., is associated with the forms they deter- mined. Class Mammalia. Mammals were rare on the point, per- haps owing to the fact that whenever the Oct.-Dec. 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturai.lst 127 especially over the shallower waters of the inner bay. Order Steganopodes. Family Phalacrocoracidae. (119.) Phalacrocorax a u; it us auritus Ijesson. Double-crested Cormorant. Xoted once, flying over the sandspit, three indi viduals in company with ducks. Family Pelecanidae. (125.) Pelecanus enjthrorhynchos Gme lin. White Pelican. From one to eighl or more of these birds fished partically every morning and evening in the inner ba}^ and on one occasion one was en- countered on the spit itself three-quarter? of the way to the fish-station. Order Anseres. Family Anatidae. (132). Anas platyrhynchos Linnaeus Mallard. (139.) Nettion carolinense Gmelin Green-winged Teal. (140.) Querquedula discors Linnaeus Blue-winged Teal. Tliese three species we^ e frequently noted passing in flight over the spit, es- pecially at evening. (149.) Marila af finis, Eyton, Lesser Scaup Duck. A few seen in the evenings a short distance from shore. Order Paludicolae. Family Rallidae. (214.) Porzana Carolina Linnaeus. Sora Rail. The characteristic notes of this rail were heard at the ma: shy portion of the spit toward Plover Point". Order Limicolae. Family Scolopacidae. (239.) Pisohia maculaia Vieillot. Pect- oral Sandpiper. Noted several times feed- ing along the beaches of the spit. (254.) Totanus melanoleucus Gmelin Greater Yellow-legs. Noted on the spit. (256.) H el od ramus solitarius soliiarius Wilson. Noted quite regularly along the inner shore of the sandspit, especially in the evening. (263.) Actitis macularia Linnaeus. Spot- ted Sandpiper. Noted several times on the beaches of the spit. Family Charadriidae. (273.) Oxyechus vocife us Linnaeus. Killdeer. Noted feeding along the beaches of the spit. (277.) Aegialiiis meloda Ord. Piping Plover. Noted one morning along the outer beach. Nested at Plover Point, where parents and young were collected. Order Raptores. Family Buteonidae. (331.) Circus hudsonius Linn^aeus. Marsh Hawk. Observed passing over point several times and on one occasion it was noted quaitering near the camp in search of prey. Order Coccyges. Family Alcedinidae. (390.) Ceryle alcyon Linnaeus. Belted Kingfisher. This conspicuous bird was a rather infrecptent fisher along the inner shoreline of the sandspit. Order Macrochires. Family Caprimulgidae. (420.) CJwrdeiles virginianus subsp. Gmelin. Nighthawk. This species was a regular visitor on the spit near camp at evening, a half a dozen o:- more being noted or heard at one time. Order Passeres. Family Coracidae. (488). Corvus hrachyrhipiclws b achy- rhynchos Brehm. Crow. Flocks composed of as many as a hundred individuals reg- ularly visited the beaches of the sandspit in search of dead fish. Single individuals could be observed in the vicinity at almost any hour of the day but the large flocks usually came at evening and morning. Family Icteridae. (495). Molothrus ater Boddaert. Cow- bird. Noted as a visitant about the camp. (497). Xanthocephalus xanfhocephalus Bonaparte. Yellow-headed Blackbird. This species was noted several times around camp, usually together with one or both of tlie following blackbirds. (498.) Agelaius phoeniceus subsp. Lin^ naeus. Noted as a visitant on the sandspit. (511b). Quiscalus quiscula aeneus Ridg- svay. Bronzed Grackle. A common species 128 The Canadian Field-Naturalist [Vol. xxxy on the spit, it probably bred somewhat south of the camp earlier in the season. Family Fringillidae. (542). Passei cuius sandwichensis subsp., Gmelin. Savannah Sparrow. This species was the commonest sparrow on the spit where it appeared to be nesting in the scat- tered shrubs some distance from camp on the inner shore. At any rate four pairs were actually found nesting on the spit. (560). SpizeUa passerina Bechstein. Chipping Sparrow. A resident, but not numerous, along the inner face of the sandspit. (567). Jimco hyenialis Linnaeus. Slate- coloured Junco. Juncoes were several times noted as visitants to the spit, prob- ably coming from their breeding places across the inner bay. (581). Melospiza melodia subsp. Wilson. Song Sparrow. The Song Sparrow was a resident in fair numbers along the sand- spit. (584). Melospiza georgiana Latham. Swamp Sparrow. Noted several times on the spit. Family Bombycillidae. (619). BomhyciUa cedrorum Vieillot. Cedar Waxwing. Flocks of from five to twenty Waxwings \ery frequently' visited the spit. The species did not appear to have begun nesting at this time. Family Vireonidae. (624). Vireosylva olicacea Linnaeus. Red-eyed Vireo. Widely distributed throughout the whole Lake Winnipeg re- gion, the Red-eyed Vireo frequently visit- ed the spit. It nested commonly across the bay. Family Mniotiltidae. (652). Dendroica aestiva aestiva Gme- lin. Yellow Warbler. Resident on the spit ; the Yellow Warbler was, however, much less numerous here than on the inner por- tion of Plover Point. (657). Dendroica magnolia Wilson. Ma- gnolia AVarbler. Noted as an infrequent visitant on the spit. (660.) Dendroica castanea Wilson. Bay- breasted Warbler. Noted once in shrubs on the spit. (662). Dendroica fusca Miiller. Black- burnian Warbler. This species which bred commonly on other parts of the island was several times observed on the sandpoint. (675a). Seiunis novehoracensis notahi- lis Ridgway. Grinnell's Water Thrush. Ob- served frequently feeding singly along the inner shore line. (687.) Setophaga ruticilla Linnaeus. Redstart. A common nesting species across the island, the Redstart was noted several times as a visitant on the sandspit. Family Sittidae. (727.) Sitta carolinensis subsp. Latham. White-breasted Nuthatch. Observed once or twice on the spit. Family Paridae. (735). Penthestes atricapiUus septen- trionalis Harris. Long-tailed Chickadee. A common breeding species in woods across the bay, the Chickadee not infrequently visited the sandspit in its characteristic wanderings. Other interesting birds were encounter- ed during the trip, some of which have been reported previously (4). CLASS REPTILIA. No reptile was actually found on the spit but a larger specimen (about 32 in. long) of the Garter Snake was taken on the main island opposite the end of the spit. So far as I know this is the most northerly point in the province from which this spe- cies has been recorded. I should judge that it is by no means common, for, on the news of its capture reaching an Indian camp at the end of the island, the In- dians came over and solemnly requested to be shown the snake which some appa- rently then saw for the first time. Family Colubridae. Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis Say. CLASS AMPHIBIA. The amphibia were not found as a rule on the spit which was dry, but lived in the damp grass marsh of the main ridge. Often in the evening they would come out on the shore of the spit and the following were taken there. Famil}' Bufonidae. Bufo hemiophrys Cope. Quite common. Family Hylidae Pseudacris septentrionalis Boulenger. Rare, 1 specimen. Oct.-Dec. 1921.] The Canadian Field-Naturalist 129 Family Ranidae. Baxa pipiens Sehreiber. Not common. CLASS INSECTA Insects, while abundant on the island, were not very common on the spit. Un- fortunately, time did not allow the taking of satisfactory notes, and also in several instances the preservation was so bad as to prohibit the accurate determination of the species. Some interesting forms were encountered. Order Odonata Dragon flies were plentiful on the is- land but the only species taken on the spit was Nehalennki irene Hagen (B.P. Currie, U.S. Nat. Mus.) Order Neuroptera The following were taken on the spit but their faulty preservation did not allow of an accurate identification. Limnephilidae. 2 species; Phryganea, 1 species; Ephemeiidae. 1 .species (immat- ure) (A. N. Candel, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Order Orthoptera A number of grasshoppers were taken but all of them were in an immature con- dition and all belonged to the genus Mela- noplus. They were kindly identified for me by Mr. Norman Criddle of Treesbank, Manitoba, as follows : — Melanoplus atlantis, M. dawsoni and M. femur rubrum or angustipennis. Order Hemiptera The following were taken : Capsus ater, adult and young ; Nabis sp. nymph ; several specimens of family Corix- idae not identified. (W. L. McAtee, Bio- logical Survey, U. S. Nat. Mus.) Order Lepidoptera. Family Nymphalidae, Brenthis aphirape va.r. dawsoni; Phyciodes tharos Drury; Ba- silarchia dissipus Godart ; Basilarchia ar- themis Drury var. lamina Fab, Family Papilionidae, Papal'O machaon (L) var. aliaska Scudder. Familv Sphingidae, Smerinthus cerisyi Kby. Family Noctuidae, Aerontjta {Apatela) dactyliva Grote ; Hadena allecto. Familv Notodontidae, Phaeosia rimosa Pask. Familv Geometridae, Rheumaptera has- tata L. In additicn the larvae of Malasosoma fragilis Stretch and a number of uniden- tified Noctuids were collected. The stems of a number of the Goldenrods were pa- rasitised b}' Onorioschema gallaesolidogi- nis Riley. Order Diptera. The Diptera were kindly identified for me by Dr. J. M. Aldrich' of the United States National Museum as follows : — Tabanus af finis, Kirby ; Tabanus sep- tentn'ionalis, Loew ; l\aematopota unieri- cana, 0. S. ; Chrysops carbonaria, Walker; (lirysops lupus, Whitney; Sphaerophoria soipta, L. ; Phormia regina, Mg. ; Phor- mia ierrae-novae, R. D.; Cynomyia cadave- lina, R. D. ; Hylemyia tricho-daetyla, Rond; Anihomyia radicum, L.; Lispa sp. ; Spathiophora fascipss. Beck; Sciomyza simplex, Fall; Camptoprosopella vulgaris, Fitch; Dicraeus incongruns, Aid.; Anaros- toma marginatd, Loew; Fu-cellia maritima, Ilalliday; and a new genus and species of the family Sapromyzidae. The Tipulidae and Chironomidae were not well enough preserved for identification. Dr. Aldrich has called attention to several interesting forms in the foregoing list. The fly Ilydrophorus agalma Wheeler is of considerable interest ; it has only been recorded so far from Battle Creek, Mich., the type locality, and from Ridgeway, Ont. It belongs to a very abundant family the Dolichopodidae, whose larval stages have up to the present almost wholly escaped observation. In North America so far the larval stage of only one species, Thryp- tiens muhlenbergiae Johannsen, is known and this is a stem-miner in plants very dif- ferent from the present species. The specimens were taken in water only a few inches deep on the north sid'e of the spit where it joined the main ridge. The bottom here is a mixture mainly composed of sand with a little mud, and owing to its sheltered position is practically undisturb- ed. Unfortunately, owing to lack of time, no satisfactory observations were made on the life history of this form. The larvae build for themselves cocoons of the sand about 8 mm. long and in these also they pupate so that the cocoons collected con- tained both larvae and pupae. How or 130 The Canadian Field-Naturalist [Vol. XXXV when the flies escape from the cocoons was not ascertained, but from the posi- tion they were in it is clear that a slight fall in the level of the lake such as fol- lows a change in tlie wind or comes nat- urall}' in the hot summer weather would leave the cocoons on the dry sand and probably the flies would escape at such a time. This -habit of forming sand cocoons is apparently unique, for there is no re- cord in Europe of the early stages of this genus (nor indeed of any other genus forming sand cocoons), and the species would doubtless repay further study. Spathiophora fascipes Beck, is a Euro- pean species that has been recorded in North America only from one locality on the shores of Lake Erie and two on Lake Michigan. Amorostoma nuvginata Loew, is a form that is very difficult to see. It lives on the bare sand of the dunes of the main ridge and the sandy shore line of the spit. An allied species A. maculata lives in a similar habitat at Pacific Grove, Califor- nia. Fucellia ma itima Halliday is also of considerable interest since it is normally a sea shore form breeding in decaying sea- weeds. It is abundant on the eastern coast of the United States as far south as Cape Hatteras and on the West coast of Europe. While it has been found occa- sionally inland in Europe, it has only been reported by Malloch from Waukegan, 111., on Lake Michigan, and the Ignited States National Museum until now had no speci- mens from any inland water. It is to be noted that the sand beaches of this area are very similar to the spit on which the spe- cies was taken. Four specimens of a Sapromyzid fly were taken, which Dr. Aldrich informs me belong to a new genus and new species that he hopes he will be able to describe shortly. Order Coleoptera. The Coleoptera were kindly identified for me by Mr. J. B. Wallis, of Winnipeg, as follows : — Family Cicindelidae, Cicindela duode- cimguttata Dej. var. hucolica, Casey; Ci- cindela hirticolis Say; Family Cambidae, Bemhidion ca inula Cho. ; Family Omo- phronidae, Omophion icrsalatum Say; Family Dytiscidae, Ilyhius angusiior Gyll ; Family Gyrinidae, Gyrinus maculiventris Lee; Family Silphidae, Silpha tritubercu- lata Kby ; Family Staphylinidae. Creophi- lus maxillosHS var. villosus Grav ; Family Histeridae, 8op inns fratenius Say; Fa- mily Phalaeridae, Olih. us semiatriatus (?) Lee; Family Coccinellidae, Voccinella pei- plexa Muls (?) trifasciata L; Coccinella transversoguttata Fald ; Family Scaraba- eidae, Phyllophaga anxia Lee (dubia Smith); Family Chrysomelidae, Callig.a- pJia multipunctata Saj' ; Galerucella nym- phaeae L; Tre hahda netidicollis Lee (larva of this or closelv related species — A. 0. Boviry, U. S. Nat. Mus.) ; Family Cureulionidae, Hylobius confiisus Kby. The tiger beetles C. hisUcollis were seen occasionally on the beach in the bright sun but proved difficult to catch. On July 12th, 18th and 14th they were more plenti- ful and many pairs were copulating. When disturbed they do not separate but fly to- gether, the male, as far as could be seen, carrying the female. This made the flight slower and the insects more easy to cap- ture. They were not seen so plentifully although July IGth was apparently an ideal day. The species is not at all common in tlie province and local in its distribution. The beetles C. rmUtipunctata were ex- tremely common on tlie willow bushes and all stages from eggs to perfect forms were obtained on July 10th. Certain small bushes they entirely stripped of leaves and their choice of species was marked. They attacked mainly Salix lucida and S. dis- color, less frequently 8. lovgifolia, and never S. peltita or S. Candida. In one case, even when piactically all the leaves of a small S. lucida were eaten, they did not at- tempt to ea"^ those of an S. Candida the twigs of which were actually mixed with and touching their food plant. The species Creophilus villosus was found entirely in the shed where the fish were cleaned and packed and was (juite common there. Phyllophaga anxia was not taken at first, but during the evening of July 8'h large numbers of them were flying about and probably a hundred or two dropped into the camp fi: e. The next day they were found on the spit, but uot at all plentifully. On the evening of the 10th they were again flying in large nuinl^ers and fell into the fire. It would appeal- as if they were in course of migration, for only a very few were found after that date. Oct.-De^\ 1921.] The Canadian Field-NaT('kaijst 131 ~ It will be noticed that in quite a num- ber of cas.es the foregoing list of beetles, small though it is, extends the recorded range of most of the species as given l)y Leng (/J). Order Hymexoptera. The f